|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
819
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
819
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
|
7
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
|
786
|
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
|
|
659
|
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
77 };
|
|
|
78
|
|
464
|
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82 /*
|
|
|
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
88 */
|
|
464
|
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
92
|
|
825
|
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
|
|
|
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
|
|
|
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
|
96
|
|
657
|
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
98 * are used. */
|
|
|
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
100
|
|
665
|
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
102 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
103
|
|
657
|
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
106 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
107
|
|
449
|
108 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
109 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
110 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
111
|
|
464
|
112 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
113 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
114 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
115 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
716
|
116 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
|
|
464
|
117 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
118 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
119 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
120 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
121 * completion started */
|
|
|
122 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
123 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
124
|
|
|
125 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
126 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
681
|
127 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
665
|
128 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
681
|
129 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
|
7
|
130 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
131 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
132 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
133 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
707
|
134 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
135 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
703
|
136 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
|
|
667
|
137 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
|
7
|
138 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
140 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
141 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
694
|
142 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
|
|
659
|
143 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
144 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
145 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
724
|
146 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
147 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
|
|
|
148 #endif
|
|
659
|
149 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
150 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
151 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
152 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
153 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
154 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
155 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
681
|
156 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
157 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
158 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
159 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
161 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
162 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
163 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
164 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
165
|
|
661
|
166 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
167 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
168 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
667
|
170 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
|
7
|
171 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
172 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
173 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
744
|
174 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
175 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
176 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
177 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
178 #endif
|
|
7
|
179 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
180 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
181 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
182 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
183 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
184 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
186 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
187 #endif
|
|
|
188 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
189 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
190 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
191 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
192 #endif
|
|
|
193 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
194 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
195 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
196 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
197 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
198 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
199 #endif
|
|
|
200 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
201 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
202 #endif
|
|
449
|
203 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
204 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
205 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
206 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
207 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
208 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
209 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
210 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
211 #endif
|
|
692
|
212 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
213 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
7
|
215 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
216 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
217 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
218 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
219 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
220 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
221 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
222 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
223 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
224 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
225 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
226 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
227 #endif
|
|
|
228 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
229 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
230 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
231 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
232 #endif
|
|
|
233 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
234 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
235 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
236 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
237 #endif
|
|
|
238 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
241 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
243 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
244 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
245 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
246 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
247 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
248
|
|
|
249 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
250 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
251 #endif
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
253 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
256 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
257 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
258 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
259 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
260 #endif
|
|
|
261
|
|
|
262 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
263 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
264 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
267 under the cursor */
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
269 /*
|
|
|
270 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
271 *
|
|
|
272 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
273 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
274 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
275 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
276 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
277 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
278 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
279 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
280 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
281 *
|
|
|
282 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
283 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
284 *
|
|
|
285 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
286 */
|
|
|
287 int
|
|
|
288 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
289 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
290 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
291 long count;
|
|
|
292 {
|
|
|
293 int c = 0;
|
|
|
294 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
295 int lastc;
|
|
|
296 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
297 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
298 int i;
|
|
|
299 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
300 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
301 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
302 #endif
|
|
|
303 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
304 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
305 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
306 #endif
|
|
|
307 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
308 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
309 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
310
|
|
603
|
311 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
312 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
313
|
|
7
|
314 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
315 * error message */
|
|
|
316 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
317
|
|
|
318 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
319 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
320 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
321 {
|
|
|
322 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
323 return FALSE;
|
|
|
324 }
|
|
|
325 #endif
|
|
632
|
326 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
327 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
328 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
329 {
|
|
|
330 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
331 return FALSE;
|
|
|
332 }
|
|
7
|
333
|
|
|
334 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
335 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
336 #endif
|
|
|
337
|
|
11
|
338 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
339 /*
|
|
|
340 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
341 */
|
|
|
342 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
343 {
|
|
532
|
344 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
345 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
346 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
347 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
348 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
349 else
|
|
|
350 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
351 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
352 # endif
|
|
11
|
353 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
354 }
|
|
|
355 #endif
|
|
|
356
|
|
7
|
357 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
358 /*
|
|
|
359 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
360 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
361 */
|
|
|
362 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
363 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
364 else
|
|
|
365 #endif
|
|
|
366 {
|
|
|
367 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
368 if (startln)
|
|
|
369 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
370 }
|
|
|
371 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
372 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
373 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
374 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
377 {
|
|
|
378 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
379 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
380 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
381 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
382 {
|
|
|
383 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
384 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
385 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
386 }
|
|
|
387 else
|
|
|
388 #endif
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
391 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
392 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
393 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
394 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
395 }
|
|
|
396 }
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
399 {
|
|
|
400 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
401 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
402 {
|
|
|
403 beep_flush();
|
|
|
404 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
405 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
406 }
|
|
|
407 else
|
|
|
408 #endif
|
|
|
409 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
410 }
|
|
|
411 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
412 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
413 {
|
|
|
414 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
415 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
416 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
417 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
418 }
|
|
|
419 #endif
|
|
|
420 else
|
|
|
421 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
422
|
|
|
423 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 /*
|
|
|
426 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
427 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
428 */
|
|
|
429 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
430
|
|
|
431 /*
|
|
|
432 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
433 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
434 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
435 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
436 */
|
|
|
437 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
438 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
439 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
440 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
441 #endif
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
444 setmouse();
|
|
|
445 #endif
|
|
|
446 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
447 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
448 #endif
|
|
|
449 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
450 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
451 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
452 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
453 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
454 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
455 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
456 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
457 #endif
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
459 /*
|
|
|
460 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
461 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
462 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
463 */
|
|
|
464 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
465 {
|
|
|
466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
467 /*
|
|
|
468 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
469 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
470 */
|
|
|
471 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
472 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
473 else
|
|
|
474 #endif
|
|
|
475 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
476 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
478 /*
|
|
|
479 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
480 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
481 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
482 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
483 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
484 */
|
|
|
485 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
486 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
487 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
488 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
489 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
490 {
|
|
|
491 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
492 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
494 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
495 {
|
|
474
|
496 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
497 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
498 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
499 }
|
|
|
500 #endif
|
|
|
501 }
|
|
230
|
502 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
503 }
|
|
|
504 else
|
|
|
505 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
507 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
508 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
509
|
|
|
510 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
511 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
513 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
514 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
515 #endif
|
|
|
516 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
517 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
518 #endif
|
|
|
519 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
520 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
521 * restarting. */
|
|
|
522 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
523 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
524 #endif
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 /*
|
|
|
527 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
528 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
529 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
530 */
|
|
|
531 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
532 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
533 i = showmode();
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
536 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
537
|
|
|
538 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
539 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
540 #endif
|
|
|
541 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
542 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
543 #endif
|
|
|
544
|
|
603
|
545 /*
|
|
|
546 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
547 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
548 */
|
|
7
|
549 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
550 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
551 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
552 else
|
|
|
553 {
|
|
|
554 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
555 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
556 }
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 /*
|
|
|
561 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
562 */
|
|
|
563 for (;;)
|
|
|
564 {
|
|
|
565 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
566 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
567 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
568 else
|
|
|
569 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
570 #endif
|
|
|
571 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
572 count = 0;
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
575 {
|
|
|
576 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
577 count = 0;
|
|
|
578 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
579 }
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
582 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
583 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
585 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
586 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
587 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
588 {
|
|
|
589 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
590 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
591 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
592 }
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 /*
|
|
|
595 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
596 */
|
|
|
597 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
599 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
600 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
601 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
602 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
603 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
604 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
605 #endif
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
608 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
609 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
610 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
611 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
612 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
613 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
614 #endif
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
616 /*
|
|
|
617 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
618 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
619 * redraw.
|
|
|
620 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
621 * something.
|
|
|
622 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
623 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
624 */
|
|
|
625 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
626 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
627 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
628 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
629 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
630 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
631 #endif
|
|
|
632 )
|
|
|
633 {
|
|
|
634 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
635 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
637 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
638 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
639 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
640 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
641 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
642 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
643 #endif
|
|
|
644 ))
|
|
|
645 {
|
|
|
646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
647 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
648 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
649 else
|
|
|
650 #endif
|
|
|
651 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
652 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
653 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
654 else
|
|
|
655 #endif
|
|
|
656 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
657 }
|
|
|
658 }
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
661 update_topline();
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
663 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
665 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
666
|
|
|
667 /*
|
|
|
668 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
669 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
670 */
|
|
661
|
671 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
672
|
|
|
673 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
674 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
675 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
676 #endif
|
|
|
677
|
|
|
678 update_curswant();
|
|
|
679 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
680 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
681 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
682 #endif
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
685 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
686 #endif
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
688 /*
|
|
|
689 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
690 */
|
|
|
691 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
692 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
694 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
695 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
696 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
697 #endif
|
|
|
698 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
699 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
700 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
701 #endif
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
704 /*
|
|
|
705 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
|
706 * and the cursor is still in the completed word.
|
|
|
707 */
|
|
|
708 if (compl_started && pum_wanted() && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col)
|
|
|
709 {
|
|
|
710 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
711 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
|
712 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col && ins_compl_bs())
|
|
657
|
713 continue;
|
|
|
714
|
|
659
|
715 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
716 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
717 {
|
|
659
|
718 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
|
719 * "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
720 if (c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
721 {
|
|
|
722 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
723 continue;
|
|
|
724 }
|
|
|
725
|
|
683
|
726 /* A printable, non-white character: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
727 if (vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c))
|
|
659
|
728 {
|
|
|
729 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
730 continue;
|
|
|
731 }
|
|
665
|
732
|
|
825
|
733 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. Shen
|
|
|
734 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
735 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
736 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
665
|
737 {
|
|
|
738 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
739 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
740 }
|
|
657
|
741 }
|
|
|
742 }
|
|
|
743
|
|
7
|
744 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
745 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
746 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
747 if (c != K_IGNORE && ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
|
748 continue;
|
|
7
|
749 #endif
|
|
|
750
|
|
477
|
751 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
752 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
753 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
754 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
755 {
|
|
|
756 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
757 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
758 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
759 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
760 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
761 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
762 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
763 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
764 {
|
|
477
|
765 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
766 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
767 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
768 }
|
|
|
769 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
770 continue;
|
|
|
771 else
|
|
|
772 {
|
|
477
|
773 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
774 {
|
|
|
775 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
776 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
777 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
778 }
|
|
7
|
779 count = 0;
|
|
|
780 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
781 }
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
|
783
|
|
|
784 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
785 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
786 #endif
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
789 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
790 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
791 #endif
|
|
|
792 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
795 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
796 continue;
|
|
|
797 }
|
|
|
798
|
|
|
799 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
800 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
801 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
802 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
803 # endif
|
|
|
804 )
|
|
|
805 {
|
|
|
806 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
807 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
808 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
809 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
810 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
811 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
812 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
813 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
814 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
815 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
816 }
|
|
|
817 #endif
|
|
|
818
|
|
|
819 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
820 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
821 switch (c)
|
|
|
822 {
|
|
|
823 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
824 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
825 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
826 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
827 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
828 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
829 }
|
|
|
830 #endif
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
832 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
833 /*
|
|
|
834 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
835 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
836 * characters.
|
|
|
837 */
|
|
|
838 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
839 continue;
|
|
|
840 #endif
|
|
|
841
|
|
|
842 /*
|
|
|
843 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
844 */
|
|
|
845 switch (c)
|
|
|
846 {
|
|
449
|
847 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
848 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
849 break;
|
|
|
850 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
851
|
|
449
|
852 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
853 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
854 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
855 {
|
|
|
856 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
857 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
858 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
859 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 #endif
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
864 do_intr:
|
|
|
865 #endif
|
|
|
866 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
867 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
868 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 if (got_int)
|
|
|
871 {
|
|
|
872 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
873 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
874 }
|
|
|
875 else
|
|
|
876 vim_beep();
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878 }
|
|
|
879 doESCkey:
|
|
|
880 /*
|
|
|
881 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
882 */
|
|
|
883 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
884 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
885 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
886 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
887
|
|
477
|
888 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
889 {
|
|
|
890 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
891 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
892 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
893 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
894 #endif
|
|
7
|
895 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
896 }
|
|
7
|
897 continue;
|
|
|
898
|
|
449
|
899 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
900 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
901 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
902 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
903 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
904 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
907 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
908 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
909 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
910 #endif
|
|
|
911 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
912 break;
|
|
|
913 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
914 count = 0;
|
|
|
915 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
916
|
|
464
|
917 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
918 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
919 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
920 break;
|
|
|
921
|
|
|
922 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
923 break;
|
|
|
924
|
|
449
|
925 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
926 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
927 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
928 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
929 #endif
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
932 case K_F1:
|
|
|
933 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
934 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
935 if (p_im)
|
|
|
936 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
937 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
938
|
|
|
939 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
940 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
941 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
942 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
943 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
944 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
945 break;
|
|
|
946 #endif
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
948 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
949 case NUL:
|
|
|
950 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
951 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
952 * error. */
|
|
7
|
953 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
954 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
955 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
956 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
957 break;
|
|
|
958
|
|
449
|
959 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
960 ins_reg();
|
|
|
961 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
962 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
963 break;
|
|
|
964
|
|
449
|
965 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
966 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
967 break;
|
|
|
968
|
|
449
|
969 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
970 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
971 break;
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
973 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
974 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
975 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
976 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
977 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
978 break;
|
|
|
979 #endif
|
|
|
980
|
|
449
|
981 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
982 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
983 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
984 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
985 #endif
|
|
|
986 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
987
|
|
449
|
988 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
989 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
990 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
991 {
|
|
449
|
992 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
993 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
994 break;
|
|
7
|
995 }
|
|
|
996 # endif
|
|
|
997 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
998 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
999 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1000 break;
|
|
|
1001
|
|
449
|
1002 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1003 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1004 ins_del();
|
|
|
1005 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1006 break;
|
|
|
1007
|
|
449
|
1008 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1009 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1010 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1011 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1012 break;
|
|
|
1013
|
|
449
|
1014 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1015 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1016 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1017 break;
|
|
|
1018
|
|
449
|
1019 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1020 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1021 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1022 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1023 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1024 # endif
|
|
7
|
1025 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1026 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1027 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1028 break;
|
|
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1031 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1032 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1033 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1034 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1035 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1036 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1037 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1038 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1039 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1040 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1041 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1042 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1043 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1044 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1045 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1046 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1047 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1048 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1049 break;
|
|
|
1050
|
|
449
|
1051 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1052 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1053 break;
|
|
|
1054
|
|
449
|
1055 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1056 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1057 break;
|
|
|
1058 #endif
|
|
692
|
1059 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
1060 case K_TABLINE:
|
|
|
1061 case K_TABMENU:
|
|
|
1062 ins_tabline(c);
|
|
|
1063 break;
|
|
|
1064 #endif
|
|
7
|
1065
|
|
449
|
1066 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1067 break;
|
|
|
1068
|
|
661
|
1069 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1070 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1071 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1072 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1073 break;
|
|
|
1074 #endif
|
|
|
1075
|
|
625
|
1076 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1077 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1078 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1079 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1080 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1081 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1082 break;
|
|
|
1083 #endif
|
|
|
1084
|
|
7
|
1085 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1086 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1087 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1088 break;
|
|
|
1089
|
|
|
1090 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1091 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1092 break;
|
|
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094
|
|
449
|
1095 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1096 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1097 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1098 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1099 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1100 break;
|
|
|
1101
|
|
449
|
1102 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1103 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1104 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1105 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1106 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1107 break;
|
|
|
1108
|
|
449
|
1109 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1110 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1111 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1112 else
|
|
|
1113 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1114 break;
|
|
|
1115
|
|
449
|
1116 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1117 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1118 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1119 break;
|
|
|
1120
|
|
449
|
1121 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1122 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1123 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1124 else
|
|
|
1125 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1126 break;
|
|
|
1127
|
|
449
|
1128 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1129 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1130 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1131 break;
|
|
|
1132
|
|
449
|
1133 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1134 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1135 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1136 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1137 #endif
|
|
180
|
1138 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1139 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1140 else
|
|
|
1141 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1142 break;
|
|
|
1143
|
|
449
|
1144 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1145 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1146 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1147 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1148 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1149 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1150 #endif
|
|
7
|
1151 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1152 break;
|
|
|
1153
|
|
449
|
1154 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1155 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1156 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1157 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1158 #endif
|
|
180
|
1159 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1160 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1161 else
|
|
|
1162 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1163 break;
|
|
|
1164
|
|
449
|
1165 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1166 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1167 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1168 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1169 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1170 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1171 #endif
|
|
7
|
1172 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1173 break;
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1176 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1177 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1178 break;
|
|
|
1179 #endif
|
|
|
1180
|
|
449
|
1181 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1182 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1183 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1184
|
|
449
|
1185 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1186 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1187 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1188 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1189 #endif
|
|
|
1190 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1191 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1192 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1193 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1194 break;
|
|
|
1195
|
|
449
|
1196 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1197 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1198 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1199 case CAR:
|
|
|
1200 case NL:
|
|
|
1201 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1202 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1203 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1204 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1205 {
|
|
644
|
1206 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1207 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1208 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1209 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1210 break;
|
|
|
1211 }
|
|
|
1212 #endif
|
|
|
1213 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1214 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1215 {
|
|
|
1216 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1217 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1218 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1219 }
|
|
|
1220 #endif
|
|
|
1221 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1222 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1223 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1224 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1225 break;
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1228 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1229 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1230 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1231 {
|
|
449
|
1232 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1233 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1234 break;
|
|
7
|
1235 }
|
|
|
1236 # endif
|
|
|
1237 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1238 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1239 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1240 break;
|
|
|
1241 # endif
|
|
|
1242 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1243 #endif
|
|
7
|
1244
|
|
|
1245 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1246 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1247 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1248 break;
|
|
|
1249
|
|
449
|
1250 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1251 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1252 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1253 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1254
|
|
449
|
1255 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1256 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1257 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1258 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1261 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1262 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1263 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1264 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1265 #endif
|
|
|
1266
|
|
449
|
1267 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1268 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1269 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1270 #endif
|
|
|
1271 {
|
|
|
1272 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1273 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1276 break;
|
|
|
1277 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1278 }
|
|
|
1279 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1282 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1283
|
|
449
|
1284 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1285 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1286 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1287 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1288 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1289 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1290 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1291 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 docomplete:
|
|
|
1294 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1295 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1296 break;
|
|
|
1297 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1298
|
|
449
|
1299 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1300 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1301 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1302 break;
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 default:
|
|
|
1305 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1306 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1307 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1308 #endif
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 /*
|
|
|
1311 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1312 */
|
|
|
1313 normalchar:
|
|
|
1314 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1315 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1316 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1317 #endif
|
|
|
1318
|
|
|
1319 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1320 {
|
|
|
1321 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1322 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1323 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1324 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1325 #endif
|
|
|
1326 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1327 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1328 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1329 }
|
|
|
1330
|
|
|
1331 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1332 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1333 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1334 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1335 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1336 #endif
|
|
|
1337 c))
|
|
|
1338 {
|
|
|
1339 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1340 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1341 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1342 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1343 #endif
|
|
|
1344 }
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1347
|
|
|
1348 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1349 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1350 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1351 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1352 #endif
|
|
|
1353 break;
|
|
|
1354 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1355
|
|
|
1356 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1357 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1358 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1359
|
|
|
1360 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1361 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1362 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1363 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1364 # endif
|
|
|
1365 )
|
|
|
1366 {
|
|
|
1367 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1368 /*
|
|
|
1369 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1370 */
|
|
|
1371 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1372 {
|
|
|
1373 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1374 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1375 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1376 }
|
|
|
1377 }
|
|
|
1378 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1381 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1382 }
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 /*
|
|
|
1385 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1386 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1387 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1388 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1389 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1390 */
|
|
661
|
1391 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1392 static void
|
|
661
|
1393 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1394 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1395 {
|
|
|
1396 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1397 {
|
|
661
|
1398 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
794
|
1399 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
|
|
|
1400 * visible, the command might delete it. */
|
|
661
|
1401 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
794
|
1402 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
|
|
|
1403 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1404 && !pum_visible()
|
|
|
1405 # endif
|
|
|
1406 )
|
|
661
|
1407 {
|
|
|
1408 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1409 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1410 }
|
|
|
1411 #endif
|
|
7
|
1412 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1413 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1414 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1415 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1416 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1417 setcursor();
|
|
|
1418 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1419 }
|
|
|
1420 }
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
1422 /*
|
|
|
1423 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1424 */
|
|
|
1425 static void
|
|
|
1426 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 int c;
|
|
|
1429
|
|
|
1430 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1431 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1432
|
|
|
1433 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1434 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1435 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1436
|
|
|
1437 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1438 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1439 #endif
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1442 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1443 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1444 #endif
|
|
|
1445 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1446 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1447 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1448 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1449 #endif
|
|
|
1450 }
|
|
|
1451
|
|
|
1452 /*
|
|
|
1453 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1454 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1455 */
|
|
|
1456 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1457 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1458 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1459 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1460 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1462 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1463 #else
|
|
|
1464 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1465 #endif
|
|
|
1466 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1467 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1468 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1469
|
|
|
1470 void
|
|
|
1471 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1472 int c;
|
|
|
1473 int highlight;
|
|
|
1474 {
|
|
|
1475 int attr;
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1478 {
|
|
|
1479 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1480 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1481 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1482 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1483 else
|
|
|
1484 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1485 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1486 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1487 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1488 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1489 #endif
|
|
|
1490 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1491 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1492 {
|
|
|
1493 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1494 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1495 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1498
|
|
|
1499 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1500 {
|
|
|
1501 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1502 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1503 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1504 }
|
|
|
1505 }
|
|
|
1506 # endif
|
|
|
1507 }
|
|
|
1508 else
|
|
|
1509 #endif
|
|
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1513 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1514 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1515 #endif
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1519 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1520 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1521 #endif
|
|
|
1522 {
|
|
|
1523 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1524 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1525 }
|
|
|
1526 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1527 }
|
|
|
1528 }
|
|
|
1529
|
|
|
1530 /*
|
|
|
1531 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1532 */
|
|
|
1533 void
|
|
|
1534 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1535 {
|
|
|
1536 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1537 {
|
|
|
1538 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1539 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1540 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1541 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1542 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1543 else
|
|
|
1544 #endif
|
|
|
1545 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548
|
|
|
1549 /*
|
|
|
1550 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1551 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1552 */
|
|
|
1553 void
|
|
|
1554 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1555 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1556 {
|
|
|
1557 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1558
|
|
|
1559 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1560 return;
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1563 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1564 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1566 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1567 {
|
|
|
1568 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1571 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1572 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574 #endif
|
|
|
1575 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1576 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1577 {
|
|
|
1578 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1579 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1580 }
|
|
|
1581 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1582 }
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 /*
|
|
|
1585 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1586 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1587 */
|
|
|
1588 static void
|
|
|
1589 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1590 {
|
|
|
1591 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1592 {
|
|
|
1593 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1594 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1595 }
|
|
|
1596 }
|
|
|
1597
|
|
|
1598 /*
|
|
|
1599 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1600 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1601 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1602 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1603 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1604 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1605 */
|
|
|
1606 void
|
|
|
1607 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1608 int type;
|
|
|
1609 int amount;
|
|
|
1610 int round;
|
|
|
1611 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1612 {
|
|
|
1613 int vcol;
|
|
|
1614 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1615 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1616 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1617 int i;
|
|
|
1618 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1619 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1620 int start_col;
|
|
|
1621 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1622 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1623 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1624 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1627 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1630 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1631 }
|
|
|
1632 #endif
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1635 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1636 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1637 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1638 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 /*
|
|
|
1641 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1642 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1643 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1644 */
|
|
|
1645 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1648 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1649 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1650 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 /*
|
|
|
1655 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1656 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1657 */
|
|
|
1658 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1659 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1660
|
|
|
1661 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1662 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 /*
|
|
|
1665 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1666 */
|
|
|
1667 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1668 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1669 else
|
|
|
1670 {
|
|
|
1671 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1672 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1675 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1676 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1677 #endif
|
|
|
1678 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1679 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1680 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1681 #endif
|
|
|
1682 }
|
|
|
1683 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1684
|
|
|
1685 /*
|
|
|
1686 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1687 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1688 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1689 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1690 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1691 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1692 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1693 */
|
|
|
1694 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1695 {
|
|
|
1696 /*
|
|
|
1697 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1698 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1699 */
|
|
|
1700 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1701 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1702 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1703 }
|
|
|
1704 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1705 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1706 else
|
|
|
1707 {
|
|
|
1708 /*
|
|
|
1709 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1710 */
|
|
|
1711 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1712 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1716 */
|
|
|
1717 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1718 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1719 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1720 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1721 {
|
|
|
1722 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1723 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1724 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1725 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1726 else
|
|
|
1727 #endif
|
|
|
1728 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1729 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1730 }
|
|
|
1731 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 /*
|
|
|
1734 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1735 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1736 */
|
|
|
1737 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1738 {
|
|
|
1739 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1740 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1741 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1742 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1743 {
|
|
|
1744 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1745 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1746 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1747 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1748 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1749 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1750 }
|
|
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 /*
|
|
|
1754 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1755 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1756 */
|
|
|
1757 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1758 }
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1761
|
|
|
1762 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1763 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1764 else
|
|
|
1765 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1766 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1767 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 /*
|
|
|
1770 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1771 */
|
|
|
1772 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1773 {
|
|
|
1774 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1775 {
|
|
|
1776 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1777 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1778 else
|
|
|
1779 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1780 }
|
|
|
1781 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1782 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1783 else
|
|
|
1784 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1785 }
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 /*
|
|
|
1788 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1789 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1790 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1791 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1792 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1793 */
|
|
|
1794 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1795 {
|
|
|
1796 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1797 {
|
|
|
1798 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1799 --start_col;
|
|
|
1800 }
|
|
|
1801 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1802 {
|
|
|
1803 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1804 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1805 {
|
|
|
1806 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1807 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1808 }
|
|
|
1809 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1810 }
|
|
|
1811 }
|
|
|
1812
|
|
|
1813 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1814 /*
|
|
|
1815 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1816 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1817 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1818 */
|
|
|
1819 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1820 {
|
|
|
1821 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1822 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1823 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1824 return;
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1827 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1828 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1829 return;
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1832 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1835 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1836 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1839 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1842 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1845 }
|
|
|
1846 #endif
|
|
|
1847 }
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 /*
|
|
|
1850 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1851 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1852 * modes.
|
|
|
1853 */
|
|
|
1854 void
|
|
|
1855 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1856 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1857 {
|
|
|
1858 int i;
|
|
|
1859
|
|
|
1860 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1861 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1862 {
|
|
|
1863 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1864 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1865 }
|
|
|
1866 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1867 }
|
|
|
1868
|
|
|
1869 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1870 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1871 /*
|
|
|
1872 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1873 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1874 */
|
|
|
1875 void
|
|
|
1876 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1877 int col;
|
|
|
1878 {
|
|
|
1879 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1880 {
|
|
|
1881 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1882 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1883 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1884 else
|
|
|
1885 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1886 }
|
|
|
1887 }
|
|
|
1888 #endif
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1891 /*
|
|
449
|
1892 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1893 */
|
|
|
1894 static void
|
|
|
1895 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1896 {
|
|
|
1897 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1898 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1899 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1900 {
|
|
|
1901 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1902 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1903 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
1904 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
1905 else
|
|
|
1906 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1907 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1908 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1909 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1910 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1911 showmode();
|
|
|
1912 }
|
|
|
1913 }
|
|
|
1914
|
|
|
1915 /*
|
|
|
1916 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1917 */
|
|
|
1918 static int
|
|
|
1919 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1920 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1921 {
|
|
703
|
1922 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
|
|
744
|
1923 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
|
1924 && !curwin->w_p_spell
|
|
|
1925 # endif
|
|
|
1926 )
|
|
449
|
1927 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1928 {
|
|
|
1929 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1930 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1931 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1932 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1933 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1934 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1935 {
|
|
|
1936 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1937 setcursor();
|
|
|
1938 out_flush();
|
|
|
1939 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1940 }
|
|
|
1941 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1942 }
|
|
|
1943 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1944 }
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 /*
|
|
7
|
1947 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1948 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1949 */
|
|
|
1950 int
|
|
|
1951 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1952 int c;
|
|
|
1953 {
|
|
|
1954 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1955 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1956 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1957
|
|
610
|
1958 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
1959 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
1960 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1961
|
|
7
|
1962 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1963 {
|
|
|
1964 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1965 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1966 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1967 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1968 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1969 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1970 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1971 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1972 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1973 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1974 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1975 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1976 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1977 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1978 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1979 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1980 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1981 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1982 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1983 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1984 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1985 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1986 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1987 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1988 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1989 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1990 #endif
|
|
|
1991 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1992 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1993 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1994 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1995 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1996 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
1997 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
1998 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
1999 #endif
|
|
477
|
2000 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
2001 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
2002 }
|
|
|
2003 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
2004 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2005 }
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007 /*
|
|
659
|
2008 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
2009 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
2010 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
2011 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
2012 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
2013 */
|
|
|
2014 int
|
|
681
|
2015 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2016 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2017 int len;
|
|
681
|
2018 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2019 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2020 int dir;
|
|
464
|
2021 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2022 {
|
|
|
2023 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
2024 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
2025 int idx;
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
2028 {
|
|
|
2029 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
2030 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
2031 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
2032
|
|
|
2033 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
2034 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
2035 {
|
|
|
2036 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
2037 {
|
|
|
2038 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2039 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2040 {
|
|
|
2041 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2042 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2043 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2044 break;
|
|
|
2045 }
|
|
|
2046 }
|
|
|
2047 }
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 /*
|
|
|
2050 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2051 * upper case.
|
|
|
2052 */
|
|
|
2053 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2054 {
|
|
449
|
2055 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2056 {
|
|
449
|
2057 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
2058 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2059 {
|
|
|
2060 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
2061 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
2062 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2063 break;
|
|
|
2064 }
|
|
449
|
2065 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
2066 }
|
|
|
2067 }
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
2070 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
2071
|
|
786
|
2072 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
|
2073 }
|
|
|
2074 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
2075 }
|
|
|
2076
|
|
|
2077 /*
|
|
|
2078 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2079 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
464
|
2080 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
681
|
2081 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
7
|
2082 */
|
|
464
|
2083 int
|
|
786
|
2084 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2085 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2086 int len;
|
|
681
|
2087 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2088 char_u *fname;
|
|
786
|
2089 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
659
|
2090 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2091 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2092 {
|
|
464
|
2093 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2094 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2097 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2098 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2099 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2100 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2101
|
|
|
2102 /*
|
|
|
2103 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2104 */
|
|
449
|
2105 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2106 {
|
|
|
2107 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2108 do
|
|
|
2109 {
|
|
464
|
2110 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
681
|
2111 && ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
464
|
2112 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2113 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2114 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2115 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2116 }
|
|
|
2117
|
|
540
|
2118 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2119 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2120
|
|
7
|
2121 /*
|
|
|
2122 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2123 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2124 */
|
|
659
|
2125 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2126 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2127 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2128 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2129 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2130 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
694
|
2131 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2132 {
|
|
|
2133 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2134 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2135 }
|
|
681
|
2136 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
|
659
|
2137
|
|
7
|
2138 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2139 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2140 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2141 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2142 if (fname != NULL
|
|
829
|
2143 && compl_curr_match != NULL
|
|
659
|
2144 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2145 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2146 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2147 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2148 {
|
|
|
2149 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2150 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2151 }
|
|
7
|
2152 else
|
|
464
|
2153 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2154 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
786
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 if (cptext != NULL)
|
|
|
2157 {
|
|
|
2158 int i;
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
2161 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
2162 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
|
|
|
2163 }
|
|
7
|
2164
|
|
|
2165 /*
|
|
|
2166 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2167 */
|
|
449
|
2168 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2169 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2170 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2171 {
|
|
464
|
2172 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2173 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2174 }
|
|
|
2175 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2176 {
|
|
464
|
2177 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2178 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2179 }
|
|
|
2180 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2181 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2182 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2183 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2184 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2185 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2186 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2187
|
|
665
|
2188 /*
|
|
|
2189 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2190 */
|
|
|
2191 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2192 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2193
|
|
7
|
2194 return OK;
|
|
|
2195 }
|
|
|
2196
|
|
|
2197 /*
|
|
681
|
2198 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
|
2199 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
|
2200 */
|
|
|
2201 static int
|
|
|
2202 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
|
2203 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2204 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2205 int len;
|
|
|
2206 {
|
|
|
2207 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
|
2208 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2209 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2210 }
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 /*
|
|
665
|
2213 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2214 */
|
|
|
2215 static void
|
|
|
2216 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2217 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2218 {
|
|
|
2219 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
681
|
2220 int c1, c2;
|
|
665
|
2221 int had_match;
|
|
|
2222
|
|
|
2223 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
|
2224 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2225 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
|
2226 else
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
681
|
2229 p = compl_leader;
|
|
|
2230 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2231 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
665
|
2232 {
|
|
|
2233 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2234 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2235 {
|
|
681
|
2236 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2237 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
665
|
2238 }
|
|
|
2239 else
|
|
|
2240 #endif
|
|
|
2241 {
|
|
681
|
2242 c1 = *p;
|
|
|
2243 c2 = *s;
|
|
|
2244 }
|
|
|
2245 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
|
2246 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
|
2247 break;
|
|
|
2248 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2249 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2250 {
|
|
|
2251 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2252 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
|
2253 }
|
|
|
2254 else
|
|
|
2255 #endif
|
|
|
2256 {
|
|
|
2257 ++p;
|
|
|
2258 ++s;
|
|
665
|
2259 }
|
|
|
2260 }
|
|
|
2261
|
|
|
2262 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2263 {
|
|
|
2264 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2265 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2266 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2267 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2268 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2269 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2272 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2273 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2274 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2275 }
|
|
|
2276
|
|
|
2277 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2278 }
|
|
|
2279 }
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 /*
|
|
7
|
2282 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2283 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2284 */
|
|
|
2285 static void
|
|
681
|
2286 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
|
7
|
2287 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2288 char_u **matches;
|
|
681
|
2289 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2290 {
|
|
|
2291 int i;
|
|
|
2292 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2293 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2294
|
|
464
|
2295 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
681
|
2296 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
786
|
2297 NULL, NULL, dir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2298 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2299 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2300 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2301 }
|
|
|
2302
|
|
|
2303 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2304 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2305 */
|
|
|
2306 static int
|
|
|
2307 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2308 {
|
|
464
|
2309 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2310 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2311
|
|
449
|
2312 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2313 {
|
|
|
2314 /*
|
|
|
2315 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2316 */
|
|
449
|
2317 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2318 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2319 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2320 {
|
|
|
2321 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2322 ++count;
|
|
|
2323 }
|
|
464
|
2324 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2325 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2326 }
|
|
|
2327 return count;
|
|
|
2328 }
|
|
|
2329
|
|
724
|
2330 /*
|
|
|
2331 * Start completion for the complete() function.
|
|
|
2332 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
|
|
|
2333 * "list" is the list of matches.
|
|
|
2334 */
|
|
|
2335 void
|
|
|
2336 set_completion(startcol, list)
|
|
|
2337 int startcol;
|
|
|
2338 list_T *list;
|
|
|
2339 {
|
|
|
2340 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
|
|
|
2341 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2342 ins_compl_prep(' ');
|
|
|
2343 ins_compl_clear();
|
|
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
2346 return;
|
|
|
2347
|
|
744
|
2348 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
724
|
2349 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2350 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2351 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
|
|
|
2352 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
|
|
|
2353 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
2354 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
786
|
2355 -1, FALSE, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
724
|
2356 return;
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
|
|
|
2359 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2360
|
|
|
2361 ins_compl_add_list(list);
|
|
|
2362 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
2363 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
2364 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2365
|
|
|
2366 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2367 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2368 out_flush();
|
|
|
2369 }
|
|
|
2370
|
|
|
2371
|
|
574
|
2372 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2373 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2374 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2375 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2376
|
|
|
2377 /*
|
|
|
2378 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2379 */
|
|
|
2380 static void
|
|
|
2381 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2382 {
|
|
|
2383 int h;
|
|
|
2384
|
|
|
2385 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2386 {
|
|
|
2387 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2388 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2389 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2390 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2391 }
|
|
|
2392 }
|
|
|
2393
|
|
|
2394 /*
|
|
|
2395 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2396 */
|
|
|
2397 static void
|
|
|
2398 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2399 {
|
|
|
2400 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2401 {
|
|
|
2402 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2403 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2404 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2405 }
|
|
|
2406 }
|
|
|
2407
|
|
|
2408 /*
|
|
|
2409 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2410 */
|
|
|
2411 static int
|
|
|
2412 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2413 {
|
|
707
|
2414 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
|
|
665
|
2415 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2416 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2419 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2420 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2421 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2422 #endif
|
|
|
2423 )
|
|
|
2424 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2425 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 /*
|
|
|
2429 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
707
|
2430 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
|
|
657
|
2431 */
|
|
|
2432 static int
|
|
707
|
2433 pum_enough_matches()
|
|
657
|
2434 {
|
|
|
2435 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2436 int i;
|
|
540
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2439 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2440 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2441 i = 0;
|
|
|
2442 do
|
|
|
2443 {
|
|
|
2444 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2445 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2446 break;
|
|
|
2447 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2448 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2449
|
|
707
|
2450 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
|
|
|
2451 return (i >= 1);
|
|
540
|
2452 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2453 }
|
|
|
2454
|
|
|
2455 /*
|
|
|
2456 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2457 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2458 */
|
|
648
|
2459 void
|
|
540
|
2460 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2461 {
|
|
|
2462 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2463 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2464 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2465 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2466 int i;
|
|
|
2467 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2468 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2469 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2470
|
|
707
|
2471 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
|
|
540
|
2472 return;
|
|
|
2473
|
|
794
|
2474 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
2475 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
|
|
|
2476 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
|
|
|
2477 #endif
|
|
|
2478
|
|
540
|
2479 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2480 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2481
|
|
|
2482 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2483 {
|
|
|
2484 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2485 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2486 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2487 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2488 lead_len = STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2489 do
|
|
|
2490 {
|
|
657
|
2491 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2492 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2493 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2494 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2495 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2496 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2497 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2498 return;
|
|
659
|
2499 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2500 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2501 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2502 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2503 {
|
|
829
|
2504 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
|
|
|
2505 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
|
|
|
2506 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2507 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2508
|
|
540
|
2509 i = 0;
|
|
|
2510 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2511 do
|
|
|
2512 {
|
|
657
|
2513 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2514 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2515 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2516 {
|
|
659
|
2517 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2520 {
|
|
|
2521 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2522 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2523 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2524 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2525 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2526 }
|
|
|
2527 else
|
|
|
2528 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2529 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2530 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2531 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2532 }
|
|
786
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
|
|
|
2535 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
|
|
|
2536 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
|
|
|
2537 else
|
|
|
2538 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2539 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
|
|
|
2540 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
|
|
|
2541 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
|
|
|
2542 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
|
|
|
2543 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
|
|
659
|
2544 else
|
|
|
2545 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2546 }
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2549 {
|
|
|
2550 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
716
|
2551
|
|
|
2552 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
|
|
|
2553 * compl_shown_match. */
|
|
|
2554 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2555 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2556
|
|
659
|
2557 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2558 {
|
|
|
2559 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2560 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2561 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2562 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2563 }
|
|
540
|
2564 }
|
|
|
2565 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2566 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2569 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2570 }
|
|
|
2571 }
|
|
|
2572 else
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2575 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
786
|
2576 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
|
|
|
2577 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
|
|
|
2578 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
|
|
829
|
2579 {
|
|
|
2580 cur = i;
|
|
657
|
2581 break;
|
|
829
|
2582 }
|
|
540
|
2583 }
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2586 {
|
|
|
2587 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2588 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2589 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2590 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
732
|
2591 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
|
|
540
|
2592 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594 }
|
|
|
2595
|
|
7
|
2596 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2597 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2598
|
|
7
|
2599 /*
|
|
703
|
2600 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
|
2601 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
|
7
|
2602 */
|
|
|
2603 static void
|
|
703
|
2604 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2605 char_u *dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2606 char_u *pat;
|
|
667
|
2607 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
703
|
2608 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
|
2609 {
|
|
|
2610 char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2611 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2612 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2613 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2614 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2615 int count;
|
|
|
2616 int i;
|
|
|
2617 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2618 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2619
|
|
703
|
2620 if (*dict == NUL)
|
|
|
2621 {
|
|
744
|
2622 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2623 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
|
2624 * "spell". */
|
|
|
2625 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
|
2626 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
|
2627 else
|
|
|
2628 #endif
|
|
|
2629 return;
|
|
|
2630 }
|
|
|
2631
|
|
7
|
2632 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
703
|
2633 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
2634 return;
|
|
|
2635
|
|
7
|
2636 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2637 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2638 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2639 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
667
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
|
2642 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
|
2643 * pattern. */
|
|
|
2644 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2645 {
|
|
|
2646 i = STRLEN(pat) + 8;
|
|
|
2647 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
|
2648 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
2649 return;
|
|
|
2650 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs%s", pat);
|
|
|
2651 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2652 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
2653 }
|
|
|
2654 else
|
|
703
|
2655 {
|
|
667
|
2656 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
703
|
2657 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
2658 goto theend;
|
|
|
2659 }
|
|
667
|
2660
|
|
7
|
2661 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2662 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
703
|
2663 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2664 {
|
|
|
2665 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2666 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 count = 1;
|
|
|
2669 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2670 }
|
|
|
2671 else
|
|
|
2672 {
|
|
|
2673 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2674 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2675 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2676 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
744
|
2677 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2678 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
|
2679 count = -1;
|
|
744
|
2680 else
|
|
|
2681 # endif
|
|
|
2682 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
7
|
2683 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2684 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2685 count = 0;
|
|
|
2686 }
|
|
|
2687
|
|
744
|
2688 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2689 if (count == -1)
|
|
|
2690 {
|
|
712
|
2691 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
|
|
|
2692 * don't use it as a RE. */
|
|
703
|
2693 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
|
2694 ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
|
2695 else
|
|
|
2696 ptr = pat;
|
|
|
2697 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
|
2698 }
|
|
|
2699 else
|
|
744
|
2700 # endif
|
|
703
|
2701 {
|
|
|
2702 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
|
2703 ®match, buf, &dir);
|
|
7
|
2704 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
703
|
2705 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2706 }
|
|
|
2707 if (flags != 0)
|
|
7
|
2708 break;
|
|
|
2709 }
|
|
703
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 theend:
|
|
7
|
2712 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2713 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2714 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2715 }
|
|
|
2716
|
|
703
|
2717 static void
|
|
|
2718 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
|
|
|
2719 int count;
|
|
|
2720 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2721 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2722 int flags;
|
|
|
2723 regmatch_T *regmatch;
|
|
|
2724 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2725 int *dir;
|
|
|
2726 {
|
|
|
2727 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2728 int i;
|
|
|
2729 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2730 int add_r;
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
2732 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2733 {
|
|
|
2734 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2735 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2736 {
|
|
|
2737 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2738 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2739 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2740 }
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
2742 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2743 {
|
|
|
2744 /*
|
|
|
2745 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2746 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2747 */
|
|
|
2748 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2749 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2750 {
|
|
|
2751 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2752 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2753 {
|
|
|
2754 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
|
2755 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2756 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2757 else
|
|
|
2758 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2759 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
|
2760 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
|
732
|
2761 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
2762 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
|
2764 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2765
|
|
|
2766 /*
|
|
|
2767 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2768 */
|
|
|
2769 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2770 {
|
|
|
2771 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2772 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2773 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2774 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2775 break;
|
|
|
2776 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2779 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2780 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2781 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2782 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2783 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2784 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
|
2787
|
|
|
2788 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2789 break;
|
|
|
2790 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2791 }
|
|
|
2792 else
|
|
|
2793 #endif
|
|
|
2794 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2795 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2796 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
|
2797 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
|
2798 }
|
|
|
2799 }
|
|
|
2800 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2801 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2802 *dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2803 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
|
2804 break;
|
|
|
2805 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2806 * of line */
|
|
|
2807 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2808 break;
|
|
|
2809 }
|
|
|
2810 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2811 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
|
2812 }
|
|
|
2813 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2814 }
|
|
|
2815 }
|
|
|
2816 }
|
|
|
2817
|
|
7
|
2818 /*
|
|
|
2819 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2820 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2821 */
|
|
|
2822 char_u *
|
|
|
2823 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2824 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2825 {
|
|
|
2826 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2827 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2828 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2829 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2830 else
|
|
|
2831 #endif
|
|
|
2832 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2833 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2834 return ptr;
|
|
|
2835 }
|
|
|
2836
|
|
|
2837 /*
|
|
|
2838 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2839 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2840 */
|
|
|
2841 char_u *
|
|
|
2842 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2843 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2844 {
|
|
|
2845 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2846 int start_class;
|
|
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2849 {
|
|
|
2850 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2851 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2852 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2853 {
|
|
474
|
2854 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2855 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2856 break;
|
|
|
2857 }
|
|
|
2858 }
|
|
|
2859 else
|
|
|
2860 #endif
|
|
|
2861 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2862 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2863 return ptr;
|
|
|
2864 }
|
|
|
2865
|
|
|
2866 /*
|
|
667
|
2867 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
|
2868 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
|
2869 */
|
|
|
2870 static char_u *
|
|
|
2871 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2872 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2873 {
|
|
|
2874 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2875
|
|
|
2876 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2877 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
|
2878 --s;
|
|
|
2879 return s;
|
|
|
2880 }
|
|
|
2881
|
|
|
2882 /*
|
|
7
|
2883 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2884 */
|
|
|
2885 static void
|
|
|
2886 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2887 {
|
|
464
|
2888 compl_T *match;
|
|
786
|
2889 int i;
|
|
7
|
2890
|
|
449
|
2891 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2892 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2893 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2894 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
2895
|
|
|
2896 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2897 return;
|
|
540
|
2898
|
|
|
2899 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2900 pum_clear();
|
|
|
2901
|
|
449
|
2902 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2903 do
|
|
|
2904 {
|
|
449
|
2905 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2906 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2907 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2908 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2909 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2910 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
786
|
2911 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
2912 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
|
|
7
|
2913 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2914 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2915 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2916 }
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 static void
|
|
|
2919 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2920 {
|
|
449
|
2921 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2922 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2923 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2924 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2925 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
2926 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2927 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2928 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
724
|
2929 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
2930 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
825
|
2931 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2932 }
|
|
|
2933
|
|
|
2934 /*
|
|
674
|
2935 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
|
2936 */
|
|
|
2937 int
|
|
|
2938 ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
2939 {
|
|
|
2940 return compl_started;
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 /*
|
|
659
|
2944 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
2945 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
657
|
2946 * Returns TRUE if the work is done and another char to be got from the user.
|
|
|
2947 */
|
|
|
2948 static int
|
|
|
2949 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
2950 {
|
|
|
2951 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2952 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length)
|
|
|
2955 {
|
|
|
2956 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches, need to look for
|
|
|
2957 * matches all over again. */
|
|
|
2958 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2959 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2960 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
829
|
2961 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2962 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
657
|
2963 }
|
|
|
2964
|
|
|
2965 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
2966 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2967 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2970 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
|
2971 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2972 {
|
|
|
2973 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2974 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2975 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2976
|
|
694
|
2977 if (compl_started)
|
|
|
2978 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
2979 else
|
|
657
|
2980 {
|
|
826
|
2981 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
|
2982 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
|
|
|
2983 #endif
|
|
657
|
2984 /* Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. */
|
|
|
2985 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2986 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2987 else
|
|
|
2988 {
|
|
|
2989 /* Remove the completed word again. */
|
|
|
2990 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2991 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2992 }
|
|
|
2993 }
|
|
|
2994
|
|
829
|
2995 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
|
|
|
2996 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
2997 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
|
|
|
2998 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2999 else
|
|
|
3000 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3001 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3002 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3003
|
|
657
|
3004 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
3005 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3006 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
825
|
3007 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
3008
|
|
|
3009 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3010 }
|
|
|
3011 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3012 }
|
|
|
3013
|
|
|
3014 /*
|
|
|
3015 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3016 * matches.
|
|
|
3017 */
|
|
|
3018 static void
|
|
|
3019 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
3020 int c;
|
|
|
3021 {
|
|
|
3022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3023 int cc;
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
3026 {
|
|
|
3027 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
3028
|
|
|
3029 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
3030 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
3031 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
3032 }
|
|
|
3033 else
|
|
|
3034 #endif
|
|
|
3035 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
3036
|
|
|
3037 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3038 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
3039 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3040 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3041 {
|
|
|
3042 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
3043 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3044 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
3045 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
825
|
3046 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
694
|
3047 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3048 }
|
|
|
3049 }
|
|
|
3050
|
|
|
3051 /*
|
|
|
3052 * Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
|
3053 */
|
|
|
3054 static void
|
|
|
3055 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
|
|
|
3056 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3057 {
|
|
|
3058 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 /* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
|
3061 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
|
|
|
3062 {
|
|
|
3063 p = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
|
3064 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
|
3067 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
|
|
|
3068 }
|
|
657
|
3069 }
|
|
|
3070 }
|
|
|
3071
|
|
|
3072 /*
|
|
659
|
3073 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3074 * matches.
|
|
|
3075 */
|
|
|
3076 static void
|
|
|
3077 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
3078 {
|
|
|
3079 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3080 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3081 int c;
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
677
|
3084 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
659
|
3085 return;
|
|
|
3086 p += len;
|
|
|
3087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3088 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
3089 #else
|
|
|
3090 c = *p;
|
|
|
3091 #endif
|
|
|
3092 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
3093 }
|
|
|
3094
|
|
|
3095 /*
|
|
7
|
3096 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
3097 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
3098 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
3099 */
|
|
540
|
3100 static int
|
|
7
|
3101 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
3102 int c;
|
|
|
3103 {
|
|
|
3104 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3105 int temp;
|
|
|
3106 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
3107 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
3110 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
3111 */
|
|
|
3112 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3113 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3114
|
|
|
3115 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
3116 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
540
|
3117 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3118
|
|
665
|
3119 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
3120 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
3121 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
3122 {
|
|
|
3123 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
3124 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
3125 }
|
|
|
3126
|
|
7
|
3127 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
|
3129 /*
|
|
|
3130 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
3131 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
3132 */
|
|
|
3133 switch (c)
|
|
|
3134 {
|
|
|
3135 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
3136 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
3137 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
3138 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
3139 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3140 else
|
|
|
3141 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3142 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3143 showmode();
|
|
|
3144 break;
|
|
|
3145 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
3146 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
3147 break;
|
|
|
3148 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
3149 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
3150 break;
|
|
|
3151 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
3152 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3153 break;
|
|
|
3154 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
3155 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
3156 break;
|
|
|
3157 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
3158 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3159 break;
|
|
12
|
3160 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3161 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
3162 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
3163 break;
|
|
449
|
3164 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
3165 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
3166 break;
|
|
502
|
3167 #endif
|
|
477
|
3168 case 's':
|
|
|
3169 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
3170 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
744
|
3171 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
819
|
3172 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
|
|
484
|
3173 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
819
|
3174 --emsg_off;
|
|
484
|
3175 #endif
|
|
477
|
3176 break;
|
|
7
|
3177 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
3178 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3179 break;
|
|
|
3180 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3181 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
3182 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
3183 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3184 break;
|
|
|
3185 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
3186 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3187 break;
|
|
|
3188 #endif
|
|
|
3189 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
3190 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
3191 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3192 break;
|
|
|
3193 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
3194 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
3195 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
3196 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
3197 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3198 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
3199 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3200 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
3201 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3202 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
3203 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3204 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3205 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3206 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
3207 default:
|
|
449
|
3208 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
3209 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
3210 * mode).
|
|
|
3211 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
3212 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
3213 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
3214 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
3215 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
3216 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
3217 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
3218 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
3219 {
|
|
449
|
3220 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3221 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3222 else
|
|
449
|
3223 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
3224 }
|
|
|
3225 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3226 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3227 showmode();
|
|
|
3228 break;
|
|
|
3229 }
|
|
|
3230 }
|
|
|
3231 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3232 {
|
|
|
3233 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
3234 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3235 {
|
|
|
3236 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
3237 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3238 else
|
|
|
3239 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
3240 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3241 }
|
|
|
3242 showmode();
|
|
|
3243 }
|
|
|
3244
|
|
449
|
3245 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
3246 {
|
|
|
3247 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
3248 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
3249 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
3250 showmode();
|
|
644
|
3251 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
3252 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
3253 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
3256 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
3257 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
3258 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3259 {
|
|
449
|
3260 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3261
|
|
7
|
3262 /*
|
|
|
3263 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
3264 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
3265 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
3266 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
3267 */
|
|
464
|
3268 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
3269 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
3270 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
3271 {
|
|
449
|
3272 ++p;
|
|
7
|
3273 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3274 }
|
|
449
|
3275 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
3276 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
620
|
3277 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr, -1);
|
|
7
|
3278 }
|
|
|
3279
|
|
|
3280 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3281 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3282 #endif
|
|
|
3283 /*
|
|
|
3284 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3285 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3286 */
|
|
449
|
3287 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3288 {
|
|
|
3289 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3290 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3291 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3292 {
|
|
|
3293 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3294 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3295 }
|
|
|
3296 #endif
|
|
|
3297 }
|
|
|
3298 else
|
|
|
3299 {
|
|
|
3300 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
3301 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
3302 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3303 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
3304 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
3305 }
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3308
|
|
816
|
3309 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
|
|
825
|
3310 * the selection without inserting anything. When
|
|
|
3311 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
3312 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
3313 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
|
3314 && pum_visible())
|
|
540
|
3315 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3316
|
|
816
|
3317 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
|
|
|
3318 if (c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3319 {
|
|
|
3320 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3321 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3322 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3323 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
819
|
3324 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text
|
|
816
|
3325 + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3326 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
|
3328
|
|
7
|
3329 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3330 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3331 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3332 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3333 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
825
|
3334 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3335 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3336 {
|
|
|
3337 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3338 showmode();
|
|
|
3339 }
|
|
|
3340
|
|
|
3341 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3342 /*
|
|
|
3343 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3344 */
|
|
|
3345 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3346 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3347 #endif
|
|
|
3348 }
|
|
|
3349 }
|
|
|
3350
|
|
|
3351 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3352 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3353 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3354 {
|
|
449
|
3355 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3356 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3357 }
|
|
540
|
3358
|
|
|
3359 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3360 }
|
|
|
3361
|
|
|
3362 /*
|
|
|
3363 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3364 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3365 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3366 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3367 *
|
|
|
3368 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3369 */
|
|
|
3370 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3371 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3372 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3373 int flag;
|
|
|
3374 {
|
|
|
3375 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3376 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3377 #endif
|
|
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3380 {
|
|
|
3381 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3382 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3383 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3384 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3385 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3386 ;
|
|
|
3387 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3388 #else
|
|
|
3389 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3390 #endif
|
|
|
3391 }
|
|
|
3392 else
|
|
|
3393 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3394 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3395 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3396 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3397 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3398 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3399 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3400 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
667
|
3401 || buf->b_scanned))
|
|
7
|
3402 ;
|
|
|
3403 return buf;
|
|
|
3404 }
|
|
|
3405
|
|
12
|
3406 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3407 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 /*
|
|
523
|
3410 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3411 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
12
|
3412 */
|
|
659
|
3413 static void
|
|
|
3414 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3415 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3416 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3417 {
|
|
452
|
3418 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3419 char_u *args[2];
|
|
|
3420 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3421 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3422
|
|
|
3423 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3424 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3425 return;
|
|
452
|
3426
|
|
|
3427 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3428 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3429 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3432 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3433 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3434 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3435 return;
|
|
|
3436
|
|
724
|
3437 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
|
|
|
3438 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
3439 }
|
|
|
3440 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3441
|
|
786
|
3442 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
3443 /*
|
|
|
3444 * Add completions from a list.
|
|
|
3445 */
|
|
|
3446 static void
|
|
|
3447 ins_compl_add_list(list)
|
|
|
3448 list_T *list;
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3451 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3452
|
|
659
|
3453 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
724
|
3454 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
452
|
3455 {
|
|
786
|
3456 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
|
|
|
3457 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3458 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
648
|
3459 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3460 break;
|
|
452
|
3461 }
|
|
724
|
3462 }
|
|
786
|
3463
|
|
|
3464 /*
|
|
|
3465 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
|
|
|
3466 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
3467 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
3468 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
|
3469 */
|
|
|
3470 int
|
|
|
3471 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
|
|
|
3472 typval_T *tv;
|
|
|
3473 int dir;
|
|
|
3474 {
|
|
|
3475 char_u *word;
|
|
|
3476 int icase = p_ic;
|
|
|
3477 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3480 {
|
|
|
3481 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3482 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3483 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
|
|
|
3484 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3485 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3486 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3487 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
|
|
|
3488 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3489 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
|
|
|
3490 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
|
3491 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
|
|
|
3492 }
|
|
|
3493 else
|
|
|
3494 {
|
|
|
3495 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
|
|
|
3496 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
|
|
|
3497 }
|
|
|
3498 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
|
|
|
3499 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3500 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0);
|
|
|
3501 }
|
|
724
|
3502 #endif
|
|
12
|
3503
|
|
449
|
3504 /*
|
|
|
3505 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3506 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3507 * compl_direction.
|
|
667
|
3508 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
|
3509 * where we stopped searching before.
|
|
449
|
3510 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3511 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3512 */
|
|
|
3513 static int
|
|
659
|
3514 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3515 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3516 {
|
|
|
3517 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3518 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3519 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3520 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3521 certain type. */
|
|
|
3522 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3523
|
|
464
|
3524 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3525 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3526 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3527 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3528 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3529 int i;
|
|
|
3530 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3531 int len;
|
|
|
3532 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3533 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3534 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3535 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3536 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3537 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3538
|
|
449
|
3539 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3540 {
|
|
|
3541 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3542 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3543 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3544 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3545 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3546 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3547 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3548 }
|
|
|
3549
|
|
449
|
3550 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3551 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3552 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3553 for (;;)
|
|
|
3554 {
|
|
|
3555 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3556
|
|
449
|
3557 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3558 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3559 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3560 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3561 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3562 {
|
|
|
3563 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3564 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3565 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3566 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3567 {
|
|
|
3568 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3569 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3570 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3571 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3572 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3573 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3574 type = 0;
|
|
|
3575 }
|
|
|
3576 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3577 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3578 {
|
|
|
3579 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3580 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
449
|
3582 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3583 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3584 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3585 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3586 type = 0;
|
|
|
3587 }
|
|
|
3588 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3589 {
|
|
|
3590 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3591 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3592 continue;
|
|
|
3593 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3594 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3595 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3596 }
|
|
274
|
3597 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3598 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3599 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3600 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3601 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3602 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3603 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3604 }
|
|
|
3605 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3606 break;
|
|
|
3607 else
|
|
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3610 type = -1;
|
|
|
3611 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3612 {
|
|
|
3613 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3614 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3615 else
|
|
|
3616 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3617 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3618 {
|
|
|
3619 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3620 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3621 }
|
|
|
3622 }
|
|
|
3623 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3624 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3625 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3626 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3627 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3628 #endif
|
|
|
3629 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3630 {
|
|
|
3631 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3632 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3633 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3634 }
|
|
|
3635 else
|
|
|
3636 type = -1;
|
|
|
3637
|
|
|
3638 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3639 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3642 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3643 continue;
|
|
|
3644 }
|
|
|
3645 }
|
|
|
3646
|
|
|
3647 switch (type)
|
|
|
3648 {
|
|
|
3649 case -1:
|
|
|
3650 break;
|
|
|
3651 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3652 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3653 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3654 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3655 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3656 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3657 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3658 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3659 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3660 break;
|
|
|
3661 #endif
|
|
|
3662
|
|
|
3663 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3664 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3665 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
703
|
3666 dict != NULL ? dict
|
|
7
|
3667 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3668 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3669 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3670 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3671 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3672 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3673 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3674 compl_pattern,
|
|
703
|
3675 dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
|
3676 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
7
|
3677 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3678 break;
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3681 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3682 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3683 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3684
|
|
|
3685 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3686 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3687 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3688 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3689 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3690 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3691 {
|
|
681
|
3692 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
7
|
3693 }
|
|
|
3694 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3695 break;
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
3698 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3699 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
3700 {
|
|
|
3701
|
|
|
3702 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
3703 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
681
|
3704 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
|
3705 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
3706 TRUE
|
|
|
3707 #else
|
|
|
3708 FALSE
|
|
|
3709 #endif
|
|
|
3710 );
|
|
7
|
3711 }
|
|
|
3712 break;
|
|
|
3713
|
|
|
3714 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
3715 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3716 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
3717 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
681
|
3718 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
3719 break;
|
|
|
3720
|
|
12
|
3721 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3722 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
3723 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
3724 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
3725 break;
|
|
|
3726 #endif
|
|
|
3727
|
|
477
|
3728 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
744
|
3729 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
477
|
3730 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
3731 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
3732 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
681
|
3733 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
477
|
3734 #endif
|
|
|
3735 break;
|
|
|
3736
|
|
7
|
3737 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
3738 /*
|
|
|
3739 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
3740 */
|
|
|
3741 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
3742 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
3743 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
3744
|
|
7
|
3745 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
3746 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
3747 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
3748 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
3749 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
3750 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
3751 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
3752 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
3753 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
3754 for (;;)
|
|
|
3755 {
|
|
464
|
3756 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
3757
|
|
540
|
3758 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
3759 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
3760 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
3761 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3762 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
3763 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3764 else
|
|
659
|
3765 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
3766 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3767 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
692
|
3768 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0);
|
|
449
|
3769 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3770 {
|
|
667
|
3771 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
449
|
3772 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3773 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3774 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
3775 }
|
|
|
3776 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
3777 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
3778 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3779 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
3780 {
|
|
|
3781 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
3782 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3783 break;
|
|
|
3784 }
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
3787 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
3788 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3789 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3790 continue;
|
|
|
3791 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3792 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3793 {
|
|
449
|
3794 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3795 {
|
|
|
3796 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3797 continue;
|
|
|
3798 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3799 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3800 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3801 }
|
|
|
3802 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3803 }
|
|
|
3804 else
|
|
|
3805 {
|
|
449
|
3806 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3809 {
|
|
449
|
3810 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3811 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3812 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3813 continue;
|
|
|
3814 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3815 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3816 }
|
|
|
3817 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3818 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3819 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3820
|
|
449
|
3821 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3822 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3823 {
|
|
|
3824 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3825 {
|
|
|
3826 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3827 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3828 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
3829 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
3830 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3831 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3832 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3833 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3834 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3835 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3836 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3837 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3838 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3839 {
|
|
419
|
3840 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
3841 {
|
|
419
|
3842 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3843 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3844 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3845 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3846 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3847 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3848 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3849 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3850 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3851 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3852 }
|
|
|
3853 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3854 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3855 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3856 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3857 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3858 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3859 }
|
|
|
3860 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3861 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3862 }
|
|
449
|
3863 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3864 continue;
|
|
|
3865 }
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
681
|
3867 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
|
540
|
3868 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
3869 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3870 {
|
|
|
3871 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3872 break;
|
|
|
3873 }
|
|
|
3874 }
|
|
|
3875 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3876 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3877 }
|
|
540
|
3878
|
|
449
|
3879 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3880 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
3881 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3882 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3883
|
|
|
3884 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3885 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3886 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3887 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
3888 {
|
|
|
3889 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3890 break;
|
|
665
|
3891 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
540
|
3892 if (pum_wanted() && type != -1)
|
|
|
3893 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
3894
|
|
540
|
3895 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3896 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
3897 break;
|
|
|
3898 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
3899 }
|
|
|
3900 else
|
|
|
3901 {
|
|
|
3902 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3903 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3904 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3905
|
|
|
3906 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3907 }
|
|
449
|
3908 }
|
|
|
3909 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3912 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3913 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3914
|
|
|
3915 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3916 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3917 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3918 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3919
|
|
|
3920 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3921 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3922 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
724
|
3923 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
|
|
|
3924 : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3925 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3926 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3927 return i;
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3931 static void
|
|
|
3932 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3933 {
|
|
|
3934 int i;
|
|
|
3935
|
|
|
3936 /*
|
|
|
3937 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3938 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3939 */
|
|
449
|
3940 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3941 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3942 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3943 }
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3946 static void
|
|
|
3947 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3948 {
|
|
464
|
3949 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
683
|
3950 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3951 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
3952 else
|
|
|
3953 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3954 }
|
|
|
3955
|
|
|
3956 /*
|
|
|
3957 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3958 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3959 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3960 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3961 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3962 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3963 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3964 *
|
|
449
|
3965 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3966 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3967 *
|
|
|
3968 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3969 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3970 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3971 */
|
|
|
3972 static int
|
|
665
|
3973 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
3974 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
3975 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
3976 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
3977 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3980 int i;
|
|
610
|
3981 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
3982 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
3983 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3984
|
|
665
|
3985 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
3986 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
3987 {
|
|
|
3988 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
3989 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
681
|
3990 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
3991 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
665
|
3992 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
3993 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
3994 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3995 }
|
|
|
3996
|
|
|
3997 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
|
3998 && (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
3999 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
4000 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
4001
|
|
610
|
4002 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
4003 * around. */
|
|
|
4004 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
4005 {
|
|
|
4006 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4007 {
|
|
716
|
4008 if (compl_pending != 0)
|
|
|
4009 --compl_pending;
|
|
610
|
4010 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
4011 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
4012 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
4013 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
4014 }
|
|
|
4015 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4016 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4017 {
|
|
716
|
4018 if (compl_pending != 0)
|
|
|
4019 ++compl_pending;
|
|
657
|
4020 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
4021 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
4022 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
4023 }
|
|
|
4024 else
|
|
610
|
4025 {
|
|
716
|
4026 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4027 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4028 else
|
|
|
4029 ++compl_pending;
|
|
657
|
4030 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4031 return -1;
|
|
|
4032
|
|
659
|
4033 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
716
|
4034 if (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
657
|
4035 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4036 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
4037 }
|
|
|
4038 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
4039 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
681
|
4040 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4041 compl_leader, STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
657
|
4042 ++todo;
|
|
|
4043 else
|
|
|
4044 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
4045 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
4048 if (found_end)
|
|
|
4049 {
|
|
|
4050 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
4051 {
|
|
657
|
4052 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
4053 break;
|
|
610
|
4054 }
|
|
657
|
4055 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
4056 }
|
|
7
|
4057 }
|
|
|
4058
|
|
665
|
4059 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
4060 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
4061 {
|
|
|
4062 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
4063 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
4064 else
|
|
|
4065 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
4066 }
|
|
|
4067 else
|
|
|
4068 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4069
|
|
|
4070 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4071 {
|
|
540
|
4072 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
4073 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4074
|
|
665
|
4075 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
4076 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
4077
|
|
540
|
4078 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
4079 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
4080
|
|
7
|
4081 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
4082 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
4083 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
4084 }
|
|
|
4085
|
|
825
|
4086 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
|
|
|
4087 * menu is visislbe. */
|
|
|
4088 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
|
|
|
4089
|
|
7
|
4090 /*
|
|
|
4091 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
4092 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
4093 */
|
|
464
|
4094 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4095 {
|
|
|
4096 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
4097 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
4098 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
4099 i = 0;
|
|
|
4100 else
|
|
|
4101 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
4102 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
4103 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
4104 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
4105 }
|
|
|
4106
|
|
|
4107 return num_matches;
|
|
|
4108 }
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 /*
|
|
|
4111 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
4112 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
716
|
4113 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
4114 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
4115 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
4116 */
|
|
|
4117 void
|
|
464
|
4118 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
4119 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
4120 {
|
|
|
4121 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
4122
|
|
|
4123 int c;
|
|
|
4124
|
|
|
4125 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
4126 * scripts */
|
|
|
4127 if (using_script())
|
|
|
4128 return;
|
|
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
4131 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
4132 return;
|
|
|
4133 count = 0;
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
4136 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
4137 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4138 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4139 {
|
|
|
4140 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
4141 {
|
|
|
4142 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
4143 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
4144 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
4145 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
4146 }
|
|
|
4147 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
4148 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
4149 }
|
|
716
|
4150 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
|
|
|
4151 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, compl_pending > 0
|
|
|
4152 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending, TRUE);
|
|
610
|
4153 }
|
|
|
4154
|
|
|
4155 /*
|
|
|
4156 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
4157 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
4158 */
|
|
|
4159 static int
|
|
|
4160 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
4161 int c;
|
|
|
4162 {
|
|
665
|
4163 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
4164 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
4165 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
4166 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
4167 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
4168 }
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 /*
|
|
644
|
4171 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
4172 * is visible.
|
|
|
4173 */
|
|
|
4174 static int
|
|
|
4175 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
4176 int c;
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
4179 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
4180 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
4181 }
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 /*
|
|
610
|
4184 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
4185 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
4186 */
|
|
|
4187 static int
|
|
|
4188 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
4189 int c;
|
|
|
4190 {
|
|
|
4191 int h;
|
|
|
4192
|
|
665
|
4193 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
4194 {
|
|
|
4195 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
4196 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
4197 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
4198 return h;
|
|
|
4199 }
|
|
|
4200 return 1;
|
|
7
|
4201 }
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 /*
|
|
681
|
4204 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
|
4205 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
|
4206 */
|
|
|
4207 static int
|
|
|
4208 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
|
4209 int c;
|
|
|
4210 {
|
|
|
4211 switch (c)
|
|
|
4212 {
|
|
|
4213 case K_UP:
|
|
|
4214 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
4215 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4216 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4217 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
4218 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
4219 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
4220 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
4221 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4222 }
|
|
|
4223 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4224 }
|
|
|
4225
|
|
|
4226 /*
|
|
7
|
4227 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
4228 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
4229 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
4230 */
|
|
|
4231 static int
|
|
|
4232 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
4233 int c;
|
|
7
|
4234 {
|
|
449
|
4235 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4236 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
4237 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
4238 int n;
|
|
7
|
4239
|
|
610
|
4240 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
4241 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4242 {
|
|
|
4243 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
4244
|
|
|
4245 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4247 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4248 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4249 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4250 #endif
|
|
|
4251 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4252 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
4255 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
716
|
4256 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
7
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
4259 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
4260 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
4261 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
4262 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
4263 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
4264 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
4265 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
4266 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
4267 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
4268 {
|
|
|
4269 /*
|
|
|
4270 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
4271 */
|
|
449
|
4272 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
4273 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4274 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4275 {
|
|
449
|
4276 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
4277 {
|
|
449
|
4278 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
4279 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
4280 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
4281 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
4282 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
4283 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4284 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4285 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
4286 }
|
|
|
4287 else
|
|
|
4288 {
|
|
|
4289 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
4290 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
4291 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
4292 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4293 {
|
|
449
|
4294 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4295 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
4296 line + compl_length
|
|
|
4297 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
4298 }
|
|
449
|
4299 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
4300 }
|
|
449
|
4301 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
4302 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
4303 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
4304 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
4305 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
4306 {
|
|
449
|
4307 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4308 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
4309 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4310 }
|
|
449
|
4311 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4312 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
4313 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
4314 }
|
|
|
4315 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4316 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
4317 else
|
|
449
|
4318 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
4319 }
|
|
|
4320 else
|
|
449
|
4321 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
4324 {
|
|
|
4325 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
4326 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
4327 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
4328 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4329 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4330 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
4331 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
4332 }
|
|
|
4333
|
|
|
4334 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
4335 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
4336 {
|
|
449
|
4337 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
4338 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4339 {
|
|
449
|
4340 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
4341 {
|
|
449
|
4342 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4343 ;
|
|
449
|
4344 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4345 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4346 }
|
|
|
4347 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4348 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4349 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4350 else
|
|
449
|
4351 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4352 compl_length);
|
|
|
4353 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4354 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4355 }
|
|
449
|
4356 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4357 {
|
|
|
4358 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
4359
|
|
|
4360 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
4361 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4362 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4363 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4364 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4365 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4366 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
4367 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
4368 && (
|
|
|
4369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4370 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4371 #else
|
|
449
|
4372 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4373 #endif
|
|
|
4374 )))
|
|
|
4375 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4376 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4377 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4378 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4379 }
|
|
449
|
4380 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4382 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4383 #else
|
|
449
|
4384 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4385 #endif
|
|
|
4386 )
|
|
|
4387 {
|
|
|
4388 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4389 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4390 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4391 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4392 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4393 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4394 }
|
|
|
4395 else
|
|
|
4396 {
|
|
|
4397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4398 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4399 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4400 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4401 {
|
|
|
4402 int base_class;
|
|
|
4403 int head_off;
|
|
|
4404
|
|
449
|
4405 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4406 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4407 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4408 {
|
|
449
|
4409 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4410 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4411 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4412 break;
|
|
449
|
4413 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4414 }
|
|
|
4415 }
|
|
|
4416 else
|
|
|
4417 #endif
|
|
449
|
4418 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4419 ;
|
|
449
|
4420 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4421 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4422 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4423 {
|
|
|
4424 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4425 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4426 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4427 */
|
|
449
|
4428 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4429 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4430 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4431 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4432 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4433 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4434 }
|
|
|
4435 else
|
|
|
4436 {
|
|
449
|
4437 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4438 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4439 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4440 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4441 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4442 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4443 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4444 }
|
|
|
4445 }
|
|
|
4446 }
|
|
|
4447 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4448 {
|
|
449
|
4449 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
4450 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4451 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4452 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4453 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4454 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4455 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4456 else
|
|
449
|
4457 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4458 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4459 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4460 }
|
|
|
4461 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4462 {
|
|
449
|
4463 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4464 ;
|
|
449
|
4465 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4466 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4467 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4468 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4469 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4470 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4471 }
|
|
|
4472 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4473 {
|
|
449
|
4474 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4475 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4476 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4477 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4478 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4479 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4480 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
4481 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4482 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4483 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
4484 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4485 }
|
|
523
|
4486 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4487 {
|
|
12
|
4488 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4489 /*
|
|
502
|
4490 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4491 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4492 */
|
|
502
|
4493 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4494 int col;
|
|
502
|
4495 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4496 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4497
|
|
523
|
4498 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4499 * string */
|
|
|
4500 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4501 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4502 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4503 {
|
|
|
4504 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4505 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4506 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4507 }
|
|
452
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4510 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4511 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4512 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4513 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4514
|
|
452
|
4515 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4516 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4517 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4518 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4519 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4522 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4523 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4524 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4525 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4526 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4527 #endif
|
|
449
|
4528 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4529 }
|
|
477
|
4530 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4531 {
|
|
744
|
4532 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
497
|
4533 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4534 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4535 else
|
|
|
4536 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4537 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
4538 return FAIL;
|
|
537
|
4539 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
818
|
4540 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4541 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
477
|
4542 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4543 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4544 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4545 #endif
|
|
|
4546 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4547 }
|
|
449
|
4548 else
|
|
|
4549 {
|
|
|
4550 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4551 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4552 }
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4555 {
|
|
|
4556 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4557 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4558 {
|
|
|
4559 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4560 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4561 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4562
|
|
|
4563 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4564 #endif
|
|
449
|
4565 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4566 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4567 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4568 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4569 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4570 #endif
|
|
449
|
4571 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4572 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4573 }
|
|
|
4574 }
|
|
|
4575 else
|
|
|
4576 {
|
|
|
4577 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4578 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4579 }
|
|
|
4580
|
|
|
4581 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4582 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4583 else
|
|
|
4584 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4585
|
|
694
|
4586 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
|
4587 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
449
|
4588 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4589 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
786
|
4590 -1, FALSE, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4591 {
|
|
|
4592 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4593 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4594 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4595 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4596 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4597 }
|
|
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4600 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4601 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4602 */
|
|
|
4603 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
4604 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4605 showmode();
|
|
|
4606 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
4607 out_flush();
|
|
|
4608 }
|
|
|
4609
|
|
449
|
4610 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
4611 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
4612
|
|
|
4613 /*
|
|
665
|
4614 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
4615 */
|
|
681
|
4616 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
|
449
|
4617
|
|
540
|
4618 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
4619 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4620
|
|
449
|
4621 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
4622 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
4623 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4624 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
4625 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
4628 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
4629 {
|
|
|
4630 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
4631 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
4632 }
|
|
|
4633
|
|
449
|
4634 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
4635 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
4636 {
|
|
|
4637 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4638 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
4639 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
4640 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
4641 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
4642 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
4643 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
4644 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4645 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
4646 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4647 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
4648 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4649 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
4650 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652
|
|
464
|
4653 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
4654 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4655 else
|
|
449
|
4656 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
4659 {
|
|
464
|
4660 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
4661 {
|
|
|
4662 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
4663 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
4664 }
|
|
449
|
4665 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4666 {
|
|
|
4667 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
4668 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4669 }
|
|
464
|
4670 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
4671 {
|
|
|
4672 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
4673 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
4674 }
|
|
|
4675 else
|
|
|
4676 {
|
|
|
4677 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
4678 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
4679 {
|
|
464
|
4680 int number = 0;
|
|
|
4681 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
4682
|
|
449
|
4683 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
4684 {
|
|
|
4685 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
4686 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
4687 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4688 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
4689 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4690 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4691 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4692 {
|
|
464
|
4693 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4694 break;
|
|
|
4695 }
|
|
|
4696 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4697 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
4698 * yet */
|
|
540
|
4699 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4700 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
4701 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4702 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4703 }
|
|
|
4704 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
4705 {
|
|
|
4706 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
4707 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
4708 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
4709 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
4710 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
4711 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
4712 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4713 {
|
|
464
|
4714 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
4715 break;
|
|
|
4716 }
|
|
|
4717 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
4718 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
4719 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
4720 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
4721 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
4722 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
4723 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
4724 }
|
|
|
4725 }
|
|
|
4726
|
|
540
|
4727 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
4728 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
4729 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
4730 {
|
|
|
4731 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
4732 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
4733
|
|
449
|
4734 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
4735 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
4736 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
4737 else
|
|
449
|
4738 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
4739 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
4740 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
4741 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
4742 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
4743 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
4744 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
4745 }
|
|
|
4746 }
|
|
|
4747 }
|
|
|
4748
|
|
|
4749 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
4750 showmode();
|
|
|
4751 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
4752 {
|
|
|
4753 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
4754 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
4755 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
4756 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
4757 }
|
|
|
4758 else
|
|
|
4759 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
4760
|
|
724
|
4761 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
|
|
|
4762 n = RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
4763 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
|
|
540
|
4764 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
724
|
4765 setcursor();
|
|
|
4766 RedrawingDisabled = n;
|
|
540
|
4767
|
|
7
|
4768 return OK;
|
|
|
4769 }
|
|
|
4770
|
|
|
4771 /*
|
|
|
4772 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
4773 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
4774 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
4775 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
4776 */
|
|
|
4777 static int
|
|
|
4778 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
4779 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
4780 char_u *src;
|
|
|
4781 int len;
|
|
|
4782 {
|
|
|
4783 int m;
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
4786 {
|
|
|
4787 switch (*src)
|
|
|
4788 {
|
|
|
4789 case '.':
|
|
|
4790 case '*':
|
|
|
4791 case '[':
|
|
|
4792 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4793 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4794 break;
|
|
|
4795 case '~':
|
|
|
4796 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
4797 break;
|
|
|
4798 case '\\':
|
|
|
4799 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
4800 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
4801 break;
|
|
|
4802 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
4803 case '$':
|
|
|
4804 m++;
|
|
|
4805 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4806 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
4807 break;
|
|
|
4808 }
|
|
|
4809 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4810 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
4811 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
4812 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
4813 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4814 {
|
|
|
4815 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
4816
|
|
474
|
4817 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
4818 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
4819 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
4820 {
|
|
|
4821 --len;
|
|
|
4822 ++src;
|
|
|
4823 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4824 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
4825 }
|
|
|
4826 }
|
|
464
|
4827 # endif
|
|
7
|
4828 }
|
|
|
4829 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
4830 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 return m;
|
|
|
4833 }
|
|
|
4834 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 /*
|
|
|
4837 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
4838 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
4839 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
4840 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
4841 */
|
|
|
4842 int
|
|
|
4843 get_literal()
|
|
|
4844 {
|
|
|
4845 int cc;
|
|
|
4846 int nc;
|
|
|
4847 int i;
|
|
|
4848 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4849 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
4850 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4851 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
4852 #endif
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4855 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4858 /*
|
|
|
4859 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
4860 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
4861 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
4862 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
4863 */
|
|
|
4864 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4865 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
4866 #endif
|
|
|
4867 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4868 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4869 #endif
|
|
|
4870 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
4871 cc = 0;
|
|
|
4872 i = 0;
|
|
|
4873 for (;;)
|
|
|
4874 {
|
|
|
4875 do
|
|
|
4876 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
4877 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
4878 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
4879 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
4880 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4881 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4882 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
4883 # endif
|
|
|
4884 )
|
|
|
4885 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
4886 #endif
|
|
|
4887 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
4888 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4889 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
4890 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4891 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4892 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
4893 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
4894 #endif
|
|
|
4895 else
|
|
|
4896 {
|
|
|
4897 if (hex
|
|
|
4898 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4899 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
4900 #endif
|
|
|
4901 )
|
|
|
4902 {
|
|
|
4903 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
4904 break;
|
|
|
4905 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
|
4907 else if (octal)
|
|
|
4908 {
|
|
|
4909 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
4910 break;
|
|
|
4911 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4912 }
|
|
|
4913 else
|
|
|
4914 {
|
|
|
4915 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
4916 break;
|
|
|
4917 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
4918 }
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 ++i;
|
|
|
4921 }
|
|
|
4922
|
|
|
4923 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
4924 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4925 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
4926 #endif
|
|
|
4927 )
|
|
|
4928 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
4929 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4930
|
|
|
4931 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
4932 {
|
|
|
4933 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4934 break;
|
|
|
4935 }
|
|
|
4936 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4937 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
4938 {
|
|
|
4939 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
4940 break;
|
|
|
4941 }
|
|
|
4942 #endif
|
|
|
4943 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
4944 break;
|
|
|
4945 }
|
|
|
4946 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
4947 {
|
|
|
4948 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4949 {
|
|
|
4950 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
4951 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4952 }
|
|
|
4953 else
|
|
|
4954 {
|
|
|
4955 cc = nc;
|
|
|
4956 nc = 0;
|
|
|
4957 }
|
|
|
4958 }
|
|
|
4959
|
|
|
4960 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
4961 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
4962 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4963 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
4964 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
4965 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
4966 #endif
|
|
7
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
4969 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4970 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4971 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
4972 #endif
|
|
|
4973 if (nc)
|
|
|
4974 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
4975 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
4976 return cc;
|
|
|
4977 }
|
|
|
4978
|
|
|
4979 /*
|
|
|
4980 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
4981 */
|
|
|
4982 static void
|
|
|
4983 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
4984 int c;
|
|
|
4985 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
4986 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
4987 {
|
|
|
4988 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4989 int len;
|
|
|
4990
|
|
|
4991 /*
|
|
|
4992 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
4993 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
4994 * mode.
|
|
|
4995 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
4996 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
4997 */
|
|
|
4998 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
4999 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
5000 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
5001 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
5002 #endif
|
|
|
5003 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
5004 {
|
|
|
5005 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
5006 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5007 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
5008 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
5009 {
|
|
|
5010 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5011 return;
|
|
|
5012 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5013 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
5014 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
5015 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
5016 }
|
|
|
5017 }
|
|
|
5018 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
5019 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
5020 }
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 /*
|
|
|
5023 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
5024 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
5025 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
5026 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
5027 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
5028 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
5029 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
5030 */
|
|
|
5031 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5032 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5033 #else
|
|
|
5034 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5035 #endif
|
|
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5038 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
5039 #else
|
|
|
5040 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
5041 #endif
|
|
|
5042
|
|
|
5043 void
|
|
|
5044 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
5045 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
5046 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
5047 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
5048 {
|
|
|
5049 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5050 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5051 char_u *p;
|
|
667
|
5052 #endif
|
|
7
|
5053 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
5056 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5057
|
|
|
5058 /*
|
|
|
5059 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
5060 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
5061 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
5062 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
5063 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
5064 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
5065 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
5066 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5067 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
5068 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
5069 * before the insert.
|
|
|
5070 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
5071 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
5072 */
|
|
667
|
5073 if (textwidth > 0
|
|
7
|
5074 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5075 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
5076 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5077 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5078 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5079 #endif
|
|
|
5080 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5081 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5082 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
5083 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5084 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
5085 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
5086 ))))))
|
|
|
5087 {
|
|
667
|
5088 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
|
5089 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
|
5090 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
5091 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex == NUL
|
|
|
5092 || fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L) != 0)
|
|
|
5093 #endif
|
|
|
5094 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
|
5095 }
|
|
|
5096
|
|
7
|
5097 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
5098 return;
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5101 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
5102 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5103 {
|
|
|
5104 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5105 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5106 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
5107 int i;
|
|
|
5108
|
|
|
5109 /*
|
|
|
5110 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
5111 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
5112 */
|
|
|
5113 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
5114 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5117 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
5118 ++p;
|
|
|
5119 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5120 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
5121 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
5122 --middle_len;
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
5125 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
5126 ++p;
|
|
|
5127 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
5130 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5131 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
5132 ;
|
|
|
5133 i++;
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
5136 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
5139 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5140 {
|
|
|
5141 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
5142 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
5143
|
|
|
5144 /*
|
|
|
5145 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
5146 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
5147 */
|
|
|
5148 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
5149 }
|
|
|
5150 }
|
|
|
5151 }
|
|
|
5152 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
5153 #endif
|
|
|
5154
|
|
|
5155 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5156 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5157 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5158 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5159 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5160 #endif
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 /*
|
|
|
5163 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
5164 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
5165 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
5166 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
5167 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
5168 */
|
|
|
5169 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5170 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5171 #endif
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5174 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5175 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5176 #endif
|
|
|
5177 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
5178 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5179 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5180 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
5181 #endif
|
|
|
5182 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5183 && !p_ri
|
|
|
5184 #endif
|
|
|
5185 )
|
|
|
5186 {
|
|
|
5187 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
5188 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
5189 int i;
|
|
|
5190 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5193 i = 1;
|
|
667
|
5194 if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
7
|
5195 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5196 /*
|
|
|
5197 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
5198 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5199 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5200 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5201 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5202 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5203 */
|
|
|
5204 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5205 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5206 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5207 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5208 #endif
|
|
|
5209 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5210 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5211 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5212 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5213 {
|
|
|
5214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5215 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5216 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5217 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5218 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5219 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5220 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5221 # endif
|
|
|
5222 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5223 #else
|
|
|
5224 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5225 #endif
|
|
|
5226 }
|
|
|
5227
|
|
|
5228 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5229 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5230 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5231 #endif
|
|
|
5232 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5233 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5234 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5235 {
|
|
|
5236 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5237 i = 1;
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239 else
|
|
|
5240 i = 0;
|
|
|
5241 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5242 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5243 }
|
|
|
5244 else
|
|
|
5245 {
|
|
|
5246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
667
|
5247 int cc;
|
|
|
5248
|
|
7
|
5249 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5250 {
|
|
|
5251 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5254 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5255 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5256 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5257 }
|
|
|
5258 else
|
|
|
5259 #endif
|
|
|
5260 {
|
|
|
5261 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5262 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5263 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5264 else
|
|
|
5265 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5266 }
|
|
|
5267 }
|
|
|
5268 }
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 /*
|
|
667
|
5271 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
|
5272 */
|
|
|
5273 static void
|
|
|
5274 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
|
5275 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5276 int second_indent;
|
|
|
5277 int flags;
|
|
|
5278 int format_only;
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 int cc;
|
|
|
5281 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
5282 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5283 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5284 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5285 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
5286 #endif
|
|
|
5287 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
5288 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
5289 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5290 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
5291 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
5292 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
5293 #endif
|
|
|
5294
|
|
|
5295 /*
|
|
|
5296 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
5297 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
5298 */
|
|
|
5299 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5300 {
|
|
|
5301 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5302 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5303 {
|
|
|
5304 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
5305 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
5306 }
|
|
|
5307 }
|
|
|
5308
|
|
|
5309 /*
|
|
|
5310 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
5311 */
|
|
|
5312 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
5313 {
|
|
|
5314 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
5315 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
5316 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
5317 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
5318 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5319 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
5320 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5321 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
5322 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
5323 #endif
|
|
|
5324 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5327 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5328 break;
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5331 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
5332 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
5333 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5334 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
5335 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
5336
|
|
|
5337 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5338 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
5339 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
5340 else
|
|
|
5341 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
5342
|
|
|
5343 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
5344 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
5345 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
5346 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
5347 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
5348 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
5349 #endif
|
|
|
5350 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5351 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5352 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
5353 #endif
|
|
|
5354 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 {
|
|
|
5357 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5358 break;
|
|
|
5359 }
|
|
|
5360 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
5361 break;
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
5364 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
5365 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
5368 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5369 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5370 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5371 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5372 #endif
|
|
|
5373 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 /*
|
|
|
5376 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
5377 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
5378 */
|
|
|
5379 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
5380 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5381 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
5382 {
|
|
|
5383 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5384 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5385 {
|
|
|
5386 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
5387 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5388
|
|
|
5389 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
5390 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5391 {
|
|
|
5392 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5393 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5394 }
|
|
|
5395 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5396 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
5397 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5398 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5399 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5400 break;
|
|
|
5401 #endif
|
|
|
5402 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
5405 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5406 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5409 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5410 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5411
|
|
|
5412 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5413 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
5414 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5415 }
|
|
|
5416 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5417 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5418 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5419 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5420 else
|
|
|
5421 #endif
|
|
|
5422 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
5423 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5424 break;
|
|
|
5425 }
|
|
|
5426 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5427 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
5428 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5429 {
|
|
|
5430 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5431 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5432 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5433 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
5434 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
5435 break;
|
|
|
5436 }
|
|
|
5437 #endif
|
|
|
5438 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5439 break;
|
|
|
5440 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5441 }
|
|
|
5442
|
|
|
5443 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
5444 {
|
|
|
5445 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
5446 break;
|
|
|
5447 }
|
|
|
5448
|
|
|
5449 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
5450 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
5451
|
|
|
5452 /*
|
|
|
5453 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
5454 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
5455 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
5456 */
|
|
|
5457 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5458 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5459 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
5460 else
|
|
|
5461 #endif
|
|
|
5462 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 /*
|
|
|
5465 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
5466 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
5467 */
|
|
|
5468 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5469 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5470 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5471 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5472 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
5473 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
5474
|
|
|
5475 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5476 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 /*
|
|
|
5479 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
5480 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
5481 */
|
|
|
5482 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5483 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
5484 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
5485 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
5486 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
5489 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5490 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
5491 }
|
|
|
5492 else
|
|
|
5493 #endif
|
|
|
5494 {
|
|
|
5495 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
5496 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5497 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5498 }
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 /*
|
|
|
5501 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
5502 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
5503 */
|
|
|
5504 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
5505 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
5506 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5507 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
5508 #endif
|
|
|
5509 , old_indent);
|
|
|
5510 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
5511
|
|
|
5512 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5513 if (first_line)
|
|
|
5514 {
|
|
|
5515 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
5516 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
5517 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
|
5519 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5520 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5521 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
5522 else
|
|
|
5523 #endif
|
|
|
5524 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
5525 }
|
|
|
5526 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
5527 }
|
|
|
5528
|
|
|
5529 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5530 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5531 {
|
|
|
5532 /*
|
|
|
5533 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
5534 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
5535 */
|
|
|
5536 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
5537 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
5538 }
|
|
|
5539 else
|
|
|
5540 #endif
|
|
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 /*
|
|
|
5543 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
5544 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
5545 */
|
|
|
5546 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
5547 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5548 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
5549 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
5550 }
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
5553 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5554 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
5555 #endif
|
|
|
5556 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
5557 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5558 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5559 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5560 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5561 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5562 #endif
|
|
|
5563 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
5564 }
|
|
|
5565
|
|
|
5566 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
5567 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
5568
|
|
|
5569 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
5570 {
|
|
|
5571 update_topline();
|
|
|
5572 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
5573 }
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 /*
|
|
7
|
5577 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5578 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5579 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5580 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5581 * saved here.
|
|
|
5582 */
|
|
|
5583 void
|
|
|
5584 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5585 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5586 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5587 {
|
|
|
5588 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5589 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5590 char_u *old;
|
|
|
5591 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
5592 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
5593 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5594
|
|
|
5595 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
5596 return;
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5599 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5602 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5603
|
|
|
5604 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
5605 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
5606 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
5607 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
5608 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
5609 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
5610 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
5611 {
|
|
|
5612 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5613 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5614 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
5615 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
5616 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
5617 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5618 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5619 {
|
|
|
5620 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5621 return;
|
|
|
5622 }
|
|
|
5623 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5624 }
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5627 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
5628 * comments. */
|
|
|
5629 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
5630 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
5631 return;
|
|
|
5632 #endif
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 /*
|
|
|
5635 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
5636 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
5637 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
5638 */
|
|
|
5639 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5640 {
|
|
|
5641 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5642 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5643 return;
|
|
|
5644 }
|
|
|
5645
|
|
|
5646 /*
|
|
|
5647 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
5648 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
5649 */
|
|
|
5650 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
5651 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
5652 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
5653 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5654
|
|
|
5655 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5656 {
|
|
|
5657 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
5658 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5659 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
5660 }
|
|
|
5661 else
|
|
|
5662 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
5663
|
|
|
5664 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
5665 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
5666 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
5667 * formatted. */
|
|
|
5668 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5671 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
5672 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
5673 {
|
|
|
5674 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
5675 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
5676 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5677 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
5678 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
5679 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
5680 }
|
|
|
5681 else
|
|
|
5682 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
5683 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
5684 }
|
|
|
5685
|
|
|
5686 check_cursor();
|
|
|
5687 }
|
|
|
5688
|
|
|
5689 /*
|
|
|
5690 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
5691 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
5692 * position.
|
|
|
5693 */
|
|
|
5694 static void
|
|
|
5695 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
5696 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
5697 {
|
|
|
5698 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
5699 int cc;
|
|
7
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
5702 {
|
|
301
|
5703 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5704 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
5705 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
5706 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5707 else
|
|
|
5708 {
|
|
|
5709 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
5710 {
|
|
|
5711 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5712 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5713 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5714 }
|
|
|
5715 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5716 {
|
|
|
5717 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
5718 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5719 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
5720 }
|
|
|
5721 }
|
|
|
5722 }
|
|
|
5723 }
|
|
|
5724
|
|
|
5725 /*
|
|
|
5726 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
5727 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
5728 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
5729 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
5730 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
5731 */
|
|
|
5732 int
|
|
|
5733 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
5734 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
5735 {
|
|
|
5736 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
5739 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
5740 {
|
|
|
5741 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
5742 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
5743 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
5744 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
5745 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
5746 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5747 #endif
|
|
|
5748 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5749 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
5750 #endif
|
|
|
5751 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
5752 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
5753 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
5754 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
5755 # endif
|
|
|
5756 )
|
|
|
5757 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
5758 #endif
|
|
|
5759 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
5760 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
5761 }
|
|
|
5762 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
5763 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5764 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
5765 {
|
|
|
5766 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
5767 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
5768 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770 return textwidth;
|
|
|
5771 }
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 /*
|
|
|
5774 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
5775 */
|
|
|
5776 static void
|
|
|
5777 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
5778 int c;
|
|
|
5779 {
|
|
|
5780 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
5781
|
|
|
5782 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
5783 * three digits. */
|
|
|
5784 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
5785 {
|
|
|
5786 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
5787 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
5788 }
|
|
|
5789 else
|
|
|
5790 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5791 }
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 /*
|
|
|
5794 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
5795 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
5796 */
|
|
|
5797 static void
|
|
|
5798 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
5799 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
5800 {
|
|
|
5801 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
5802 {
|
|
|
5803 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
5804 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
5805 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
5806 }
|
|
744
|
5807 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
5808 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
5809 #endif
|
|
7
|
5810 }
|
|
|
5811
|
|
744
|
5812 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
5813 /*
|
|
|
5814 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
5815 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
5816 */
|
|
|
5817 static void
|
|
|
5818 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
5819 {
|
|
|
5820 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
5821 {
|
|
|
5822 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
5823
|
|
|
5824 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
5825 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
5826 }
|
|
|
5827 }
|
|
484
|
5828
|
|
|
5829 /*
|
|
|
5830 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
5831 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
5832 */
|
|
|
5833 static void
|
|
|
5834 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
5835 {
|
|
|
5836 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5837
|
|
499
|
5838 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
5839 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
5840 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
5841 }
|
|
221
|
5842 #endif
|
|
|
5843
|
|
7
|
5844 /*
|
|
|
5845 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
5846 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
5847 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
5848 */
|
|
|
5849 int
|
|
|
5850 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
5851 {
|
|
|
5852 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
5853 {
|
|
|
5854 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5855 {
|
|
|
5856 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
5857 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5858 }
|
|
|
5859 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
5860 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5861 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
5862 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5863 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5864 {
|
|
|
5865 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5866 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
5867 }
|
|
|
5868 #endif
|
|
|
5869 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
5870 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
5871 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
5872 }
|
|
|
5873 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
5874 {
|
|
|
5875 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
5876 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
5877 }
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5880 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
5881 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
5882 #endif
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
5885 }
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 /*
|
|
|
5888 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
5889 */
|
|
|
5890 static void
|
|
|
5891 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
603
|
5892 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
5893 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
5894 {
|
|
603
|
5895 int cc;
|
|
|
5896 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
5897
|
|
|
5898 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
5899 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
5900
|
|
|
5901 /*
|
|
603
|
5902 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
5903 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
5904 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
5905 */
|
|
603
|
5906 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
5907 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
5908 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
5909 {
|
|
|
5910 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5911 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
5912 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5913 }
|
|
|
5914 else
|
|
|
5915 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
5916
|
|
|
5917 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
5918 {
|
|
|
5919 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
5920 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
5921 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
5922 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
5923 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
5924 {
|
|
10
|
5925 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5926
|
|
7
|
5927 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
5928 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
5929 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
5930 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
5931 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
5932 {
|
|
|
5933 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5934 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5935 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
5936 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
5937 }
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5940
|
|
10
|
5941 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5942 {
|
|
|
5943 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5944 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5945 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5946 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
5947 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
5948 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
5949 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
5950 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
5951 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
5952 #endif
|
|
|
5953 }
|
|
7
|
5954 }
|
|
|
5955
|
|
|
5956 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
5957 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
5960 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
5961 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
5962 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
5963 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
5964 {
|
|
10
|
5965 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
786
|
5968 for (;;)
|
|
|
5969 {
|
|
|
5970 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
5971 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5972 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5973 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5974 break;
|
|
7
|
5975 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
786
|
5976 }
|
|
10
|
5977 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
5978 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
5979 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
5980 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
5983 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
5984 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
5985 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
5986 {
|
|
|
5987 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5988 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
5989 {
|
|
|
5990 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
5991 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5992 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5993 # endif
|
|
|
5994 }
|
|
|
5995 }
|
|
|
5996 #endif
|
|
|
5997 }
|
|
|
5998 }
|
|
|
5999 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6000 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6001 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6002 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6003 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6004 #endif
|
|
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
6007 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
6008 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
6009 }
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 /*
|
|
|
6012 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
6013 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
6014 */
|
|
|
6015 void
|
|
|
6016 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
6017 int c;
|
|
|
6018 {
|
|
|
6019 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6020
|
|
|
6021 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6023 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
6024 #else
|
|
|
6025 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
6026 #endif
|
|
|
6027 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
6028 {
|
|
|
6029 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
6030 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
6031 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
6032 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
6033 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
6034 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
6035 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
6036 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
6037 }
|
|
|
6038 }
|
|
|
6039
|
|
359
|
6040 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6041 void
|
|
|
6042 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
6043 {
|
|
|
6044 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6045 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
694
|
6046 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
6047 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
359
|
6048 }
|
|
|
6049 #endif
|
|
|
6050
|
|
7
|
6051 /*
|
|
|
6052 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
6053 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
6054 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
6055 */
|
|
|
6056 char_u *
|
|
|
6057 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
6058 int c;
|
|
|
6059 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6060 {
|
|
|
6061 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6062 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6063 int i;
|
|
|
6064 int len;
|
|
|
6065
|
|
|
6066 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
6067 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
6068 {
|
|
|
6069 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
6070 #endif
|
|
|
6071 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
6072 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
6073 {
|
|
|
6074 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6075 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6076 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
6077 }
|
|
|
6078 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6079 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
6080 {
|
|
|
6081 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
6082 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
6083 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
6084 }
|
|
|
6085 #endif
|
|
|
6086 else
|
|
|
6087 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
6088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6089 }
|
|
|
6090 #endif
|
|
|
6091 return s;
|
|
|
6092 }
|
|
|
6093
|
|
|
6094 /*
|
|
|
6095 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
6096 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
6097 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
6098 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
6099 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
6100 */
|
|
|
6101 void
|
|
|
6102 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
6103 int flags;
|
|
|
6104 {
|
|
|
6105 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
6106 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6107 else
|
|
|
6108 {
|
|
|
6109 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6110 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6111 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6112 #endif
|
|
|
6113
|
|
|
6114 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
6115 {
|
|
|
6116 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6117
|
|
|
6118 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
6119 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
6120 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6121 }
|
|
|
6122 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6123 }
|
|
|
6124 }
|
|
|
6125
|
|
|
6126 /*
|
|
|
6127 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
6128 *
|
|
|
6129 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
773
|
6130 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
|
|
7
|
6131 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
6132 */
|
|
|
6133
|
|
|
6134 int
|
|
|
6135 oneright()
|
|
|
6136 {
|
|
|
6137 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6138 int l;
|
|
|
6139
|
|
|
6140 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6141 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
6146 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6147 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
773
|
6148 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
6149 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
773
|
6150 # else
|
|
7
|
6151 *ptr
|
|
773
|
6152 # endif
|
|
7
|
6153 ))
|
|
|
6154 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
6155 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6156 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
6157 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6158 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
6159 }
|
|
|
6160 #endif
|
|
|
6161
|
|
|
6162 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
773
|
6163 if (*ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
6164 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
|
|
|
6165
|
|
7
|
6166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
773
|
6167 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6168 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6169 else
|
|
|
6170 #endif
|
|
773
|
6171 l = 1;
|
|
|
6172
|
|
|
6173 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
|
|
|
6174 * contains "onemore". */
|
|
|
6175 if (ptr[l] == NUL
|
|
|
6176 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6177 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
|
6178 #endif
|
|
|
6179 )
|
|
|
6180 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6181 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
7
|
6182
|
|
|
6183 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6184 return OK;
|
|
|
6185 }
|
|
|
6186
|
|
|
6187 int
|
|
|
6188 oneleft()
|
|
|
6189 {
|
|
|
6190 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6191 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6192 {
|
|
|
6193 int width;
|
|
|
6194 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
6195
|
|
|
6196 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
6197 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6198
|
|
|
6199 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
6200 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
6201 width = 1;
|
|
|
6202 for (;;)
|
|
|
6203 {
|
|
|
6204 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
6205 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
6206 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
6207 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
6208 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6209 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
6210 # endif
|
|
|
6211 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
6212 break;
|
|
|
6213 ++width;
|
|
|
6214 }
|
|
|
6215 # else
|
|
|
6216 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
6217 # endif
|
|
|
6218
|
|
|
6219 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
6220 {
|
|
|
6221 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6222
|
|
|
6223 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
6224 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6225 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
6226 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6227 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
6228 # else
|
|
|
6229 *ptr
|
|
|
6230 # endif
|
|
|
6231 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
6232 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6233 }
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6236 return OK;
|
|
|
6237 }
|
|
|
6238 #endif
|
|
|
6239
|
|
|
6240 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6241 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6242
|
|
|
6243 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6244 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6245
|
|
|
6246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6247 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
6248 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
6249 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6250 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6251 #endif
|
|
|
6252 return OK;
|
|
|
6253 }
|
|
|
6254
|
|
|
6255 int
|
|
|
6256 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6257 long n;
|
|
|
6258 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6259 {
|
|
|
6260 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6261
|
|
|
6262 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6263 {
|
|
|
6264 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
6265 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
6266 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6267 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6268 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6269 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
6270 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6271 else
|
|
|
6272 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6273 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6274 {
|
|
|
6275 /*
|
|
|
6276 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
6277 */
|
|
|
6278 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
6279 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6280
|
|
|
6281 while (n--)
|
|
|
6282 {
|
|
|
6283 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
6284 --lnum;
|
|
|
6285 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
6286 break;
|
|
|
6287 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
6288 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
6289 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
6290 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
6291 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6292 }
|
|
|
6293 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
6294 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6295 }
|
|
|
6296 else
|
|
|
6297 #endif
|
|
|
6298 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
6299 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6300 }
|
|
|
6301
|
|
|
6302 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6303 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6304
|
|
|
6305 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6306 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6307
|
|
|
6308 return OK;
|
|
|
6309 }
|
|
|
6310
|
|
|
6311 /*
|
|
|
6312 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
6313 */
|
|
|
6314 int
|
|
|
6315 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6316 long n;
|
|
|
6317 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6318 {
|
|
|
6319 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6320
|
|
|
6321 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6322 {
|
|
|
6323 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6324 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6325 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
6326 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
6327 #endif
|
|
161
|
6328 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
6329 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6330 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6331 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6332 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6333 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6334 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6335 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6336 else
|
|
|
6337 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6338 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6339 {
|
|
|
6340 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
6341
|
|
|
6342 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
6343 while (n--)
|
|
|
6344 {
|
|
|
6345 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
6346 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
6347 else
|
|
|
6348 ++lnum;
|
|
|
6349 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6350 break;
|
|
|
6351 }
|
|
|
6352 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6353 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6354 }
|
|
|
6355 else
|
|
|
6356 #endif
|
|
|
6357 lnum += n;
|
|
|
6358 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6359 }
|
|
|
6360
|
|
|
6361 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6362 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6363
|
|
|
6364 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6365 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6366
|
|
|
6367 return OK;
|
|
|
6368 }
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 /*
|
|
|
6371 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
6372 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
6373 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
6374 */
|
|
|
6375 int
|
|
|
6376 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
6377 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
6378 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
6379 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
6380 {
|
|
|
6381 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
6382 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6383 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6384 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
6385
|
|
|
6386 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
6387 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
6388 {
|
|
|
6389 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
6390 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6391 }
|
|
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
6394 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6395 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6396 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6397 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
6398
|
|
|
6399 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
6400 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
6401 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
6402 */
|
|
|
6403 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6404 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6405 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6406 {
|
|
|
6407 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6408 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6409 }
|
|
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 do
|
|
|
6412 {
|
|
|
6413 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6414 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6415 if (last)
|
|
|
6416 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6417 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6418 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6419 }
|
|
|
6420 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6421
|
|
|
6422 if (last)
|
|
|
6423 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6424
|
|
|
6425 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6426 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6427
|
|
|
6428 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6429 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6430 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6431
|
|
|
6432 return OK;
|
|
|
6433 }
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 char_u *
|
|
|
6436 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6437 {
|
|
|
6438 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6439 return NULL;
|
|
|
6440 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6441 }
|
|
|
6442
|
|
|
6443 /*
|
|
|
6444 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6445 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6446 */
|
|
|
6447 char_u *
|
|
|
6448 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6449 {
|
|
|
6450 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6451 int len;
|
|
|
6452
|
|
|
6453 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6454 return NULL;
|
|
|
6455 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6456 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6457 {
|
|
|
6458 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6459 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6460 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6461 }
|
|
|
6462 return s;
|
|
|
6463 }
|
|
|
6464
|
|
|
6465 /*
|
|
|
6466 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6467 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6468 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6469 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6470 */
|
|
|
6471 static int
|
|
|
6472 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6473 int c;
|
|
|
6474 {
|
|
|
6475 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
6476 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
6477 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
6478 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6479
|
|
|
6480 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
6481 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
6482 }
|
|
|
6483
|
|
|
6484 /*
|
|
|
6485 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
6486 *
|
|
|
6487 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
6488 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
6489 *
|
|
|
6490 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
6491 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
6492 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
6493 *
|
|
|
6494 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
6495 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
6496 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
6497 *
|
|
|
6498 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
6499 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
6500 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
6501 */
|
|
|
6502
|
|
298
|
6503 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6504 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
6505 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
6506
|
|
|
6507 void
|
|
|
6508 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
6509 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
6510 {
|
|
|
6511 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6514 return;
|
|
|
6515 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6516 {
|
|
|
6517 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6518 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6519 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6520 {
|
|
|
6521 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6522 return;
|
|
|
6523 }
|
|
|
6524 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6525 {
|
|
|
6526 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6527 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6528 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6529 }
|
|
|
6530 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
6531 }
|
|
|
6532 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6533 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6534 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6535 *p = c;
|
|
|
6536 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6537 }
|
|
|
6538
|
|
|
6539 /*
|
|
|
6540 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6541 */
|
|
|
6542 static void
|
|
|
6543 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6544 int c;
|
|
|
6545 {
|
|
|
6546 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6547
|
|
|
6548 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6549 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6550 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6551 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6552 break;
|
|
|
6553 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6554 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6555 }
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 /*
|
|
|
6558 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6559 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6560 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6561 */
|
|
|
6562 static int
|
|
|
6563 replace_pop()
|
|
|
6564 {
|
|
|
6565 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
6566 return -1;
|
|
|
6567 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
6568 }
|
|
|
6569
|
|
|
6570 /*
|
|
|
6571 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
6572 * encountered.
|
|
|
6573 */
|
|
|
6574 static void
|
|
|
6575 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
6576 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
6577 {
|
|
|
6578 int i;
|
|
|
6579
|
|
|
6580 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6581 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
6582 {
|
|
|
6583 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6584 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
6585 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
6586 return;
|
|
|
6587 }
|
|
|
6588 }
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 /*
|
|
|
6591 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
6592 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
6593 */
|
|
|
6594 static void
|
|
|
6595 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
6596 {
|
|
|
6597 int cc;
|
|
|
6598 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
6599
|
|
|
6600 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
6601 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
6602 {
|
|
|
6603 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6604 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6605 #else
|
|
|
6606 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6607 #endif
|
|
|
6608 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6609 }
|
|
|
6610 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6611 }
|
|
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6614 /*
|
|
|
6615 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
6616 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
6617 */
|
|
|
6618 static void
|
|
|
6619 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
6620 int cc;
|
|
|
6621 {
|
|
|
6622 int n;
|
|
|
6623 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6624 int i;
|
|
|
6625 int c;
|
|
|
6626
|
|
|
6627 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
6628 {
|
|
|
6629 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
6630 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6631 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6632 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6633 }
|
|
|
6634 else
|
|
|
6635 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6636
|
|
|
6637 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
6638 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
6639 for (;;)
|
|
|
6640 {
|
|
|
6641 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6642 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
6643 break;
|
|
|
6644 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
6645 {
|
|
|
6646 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6647 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6648 break;
|
|
|
6649 }
|
|
|
6650 else
|
|
|
6651 {
|
|
|
6652 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
6653 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
6654 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6655 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
6656 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
6657 else
|
|
|
6658 {
|
|
|
6659 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
6660 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
6661 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
6662 break;
|
|
|
6663 }
|
|
|
6664 }
|
|
|
6665 }
|
|
|
6666 }
|
|
|
6667 #endif
|
|
|
6668
|
|
|
6669 /*
|
|
|
6670 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
6671 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
6672 */
|
|
|
6673 static void
|
|
|
6674 replace_flush()
|
|
|
6675 {
|
|
|
6676 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6677 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6678 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
6679 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
6680 }
|
|
|
6681
|
|
|
6682 /*
|
|
|
6683 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
6684 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
6685 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6686 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
6687 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
6688 */
|
|
|
6689 static void
|
|
|
6690 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
6691 {
|
|
|
6692 int cc;
|
|
|
6693 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6694 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
6695 int ins_len;
|
|
|
6696 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
6697 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
6698 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6699 int i;
|
|
|
6700 int vcol;
|
|
|
6701 #endif
|
|
|
6702
|
|
|
6703 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6704 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6705 {
|
|
|
6706 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6707 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6708 {
|
|
|
6709 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
6710 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
6711 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
6712 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
6713 }
|
|
|
6714 #endif
|
|
|
6715 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6716 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6717 {
|
|
|
6718 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6719 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6720 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6721 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
6722 # endif
|
|
|
6723 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
6724 }
|
|
|
6725 else
|
|
|
6726 #endif
|
|
|
6727 {
|
|
|
6728 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
6729 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6730 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6731 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
6732 #endif
|
|
|
6733 }
|
|
|
6734 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6735
|
|
|
6736 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6737 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6738 {
|
|
|
6739 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
6740 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6741 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
6742 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
6743 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
6744 {
|
|
|
6745 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
6746 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
6747 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
6748 #endif
|
|
|
6749 }
|
|
|
6750 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
6751
|
|
|
6752 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
6753 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
6754 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
6755 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
6756 {
|
|
|
6757 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6758 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
6759 }
|
|
|
6760 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
6761 }
|
|
|
6762 #endif
|
|
|
6763
|
|
|
6764 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
6765 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
6766 }
|
|
|
6767 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
6768 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6769 }
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6772 /*
|
|
|
6773 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
6774 */
|
|
|
6775 static int
|
|
|
6776 cindent_on()
|
|
|
6777 {
|
|
|
6778 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
6779 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6780 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
6781 # endif
|
|
|
6782 ));
|
|
|
6783 }
|
|
|
6784 #endif
|
|
|
6785
|
|
|
6786 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6787 /*
|
|
|
6788 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
6789 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
6790 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
6791 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
6792 */
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 void
|
|
|
6795 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
6796 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
6797 {
|
|
|
6798 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
6799 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6800 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
6801 }
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 void
|
|
|
6804 fix_indent()
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
6807 return;
|
|
|
6808 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
6809 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
6810 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
6811 # endif
|
|
|
6812 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
6813 else
|
|
|
6814 # endif
|
|
|
6815 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6816 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
6817 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
6818 # endif
|
|
|
6819 }
|
|
|
6820
|
|
|
6821 #endif
|
|
|
6822
|
|
|
6823 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6824 /*
|
|
|
6825 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
6826 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
6827 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
6828 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
6829 *
|
|
|
6830 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
6831 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
6832 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
6833 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
6834 *
|
|
|
6835 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
6836 */
|
|
|
6837 int
|
|
|
6838 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6839 int keytyped;
|
|
|
6840 int when;
|
|
|
6841 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
6842 {
|
|
|
6843 char_u *look;
|
|
|
6844 int try_match;
|
|
|
6845 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
6846 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6847 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6848 int icase;
|
|
|
6849 int i;
|
|
|
6850
|
|
|
6851 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6852 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
6853 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
6854 else
|
|
|
6855 #endif
|
|
|
6856 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
6857 while (*look)
|
|
|
6858 {
|
|
|
6859 /*
|
|
|
6860 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
6861 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
6862 */
|
|
|
6863 switch (when)
|
|
|
6864 {
|
|
|
6865 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
6866 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
6867 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
6868 }
|
|
|
6869 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
6870 ++look;
|
|
|
6871
|
|
|
6872 /*
|
|
|
6873 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
6874 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
6875 */
|
|
|
6876 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
6877 {
|
|
|
6878 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
6879 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
6880 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6881 ++look;
|
|
|
6882 }
|
|
|
6883 else
|
|
|
6884 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
6885
|
|
|
6886 /*
|
|
|
6887 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
6888 */
|
|
|
6889 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
6890 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6891 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
6892 #else
|
|
|
6893 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
6894 #endif
|
|
|
6895 )
|
|
|
6896 {
|
|
|
6897 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
6898 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6899 look += 2;
|
|
|
6900 }
|
|
|
6901 /*
|
|
|
6902 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
6903 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
6904 */
|
|
|
6905 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
6906 {
|
|
|
6907 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
6908 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6909 ++look;
|
|
|
6910 }
|
|
|
6911 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
6912 {
|
|
|
6913 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
6914 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6915 ++look;
|
|
|
6916 }
|
|
|
6917
|
|
|
6918 /*
|
|
|
6919 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
6920 * cursor.
|
|
|
6921 */
|
|
|
6922 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
6923 {
|
|
|
6924 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
6925 {
|
|
|
6926 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6927 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
6928 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6929 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6930 }
|
|
|
6931 ++look;
|
|
|
6932 }
|
|
|
6933
|
|
|
6934 /*
|
|
|
6935 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
6936 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
6937 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
6938 */
|
|
|
6939 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
6940 {
|
|
|
6941 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
6942 {
|
|
|
6943 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6944 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
6945 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6946 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
6947 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
6948 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
6949 {
|
|
|
6950 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
6951 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
6952 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
6953 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6954 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
6955 if (i)
|
|
|
6956 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6957 }
|
|
|
6958 }
|
|
|
6959 ++look;
|
|
|
6960 }
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962
|
|
|
6963 /*
|
|
|
6964 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
6965 */
|
|
|
6966 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
6967 {
|
|
|
6968 if (try_match)
|
|
|
6969 {
|
|
|
6970 /*
|
|
|
6971 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
6972 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
6973 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
6974 */
|
|
|
6975 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
6976 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
6977 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6978
|
|
|
6979 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
6980 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6981 }
|
|
|
6982 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
6983 look++;
|
|
|
6984 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
6985 look++;
|
|
|
6986 }
|
|
|
6987
|
|
|
6988 /*
|
|
|
6989 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
6990 */
|
|
|
6991 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
6992 {
|
|
|
6993 ++look;
|
|
|
6994 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
6995 {
|
|
|
6996 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
6997 ++look;
|
|
|
6998 }
|
|
|
6999 else
|
|
|
7000 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
7001 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
7002 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
7003 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
7004 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
7005 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
7006 {
|
|
|
7007 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7008
|
|
|
7009 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7010 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
7011 {
|
|
|
7012 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7013
|
|
|
7014 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
7015 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
7016 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7017 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7018 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7019 {
|
|
|
7020 char_u *n;
|
|
|
7021
|
|
|
7022 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
7023 {
|
|
|
7024 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
7025 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
7026 break;
|
|
|
7027 }
|
|
|
7028 }
|
|
|
7029 else
|
|
|
7030 # endif
|
|
|
7031 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
7032 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
7033 break;
|
|
|
7034 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
7035 && (icase
|
|
|
7036 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
7037 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
7038 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7039 }
|
|
|
7040 else
|
|
|
7041 #endif
|
|
|
7042 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
7043 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
7044 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
7045 {
|
|
|
7046 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7047 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
7048 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
7049 && (icase
|
|
|
7050 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
7051 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
7052 == 0)
|
|
|
7053 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7054 }
|
|
|
7055 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
7056 {
|
|
|
7057 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
7058 * word. */
|
|
|
7059 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7060 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
7061 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
7062 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7063 }
|
|
|
7064 if (match)
|
|
|
7065 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7066 }
|
|
|
7067 look = p;
|
|
|
7068 }
|
|
|
7069
|
|
|
7070 /*
|
|
|
7071 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
7072 */
|
|
|
7073 else
|
|
|
7074 {
|
|
|
7075 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
7076 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7077 ++look;
|
|
|
7078 }
|
|
|
7079
|
|
|
7080 /*
|
|
|
7081 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
7082 */
|
|
|
7083 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
7084 }
|
|
|
7085 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7086 }
|
|
|
7087 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7088
|
|
|
7089 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7090 /*
|
|
|
7091 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
7092 */
|
|
|
7093 int
|
|
|
7094 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
7095 int c;
|
|
|
7096 {
|
|
|
7097 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
7098 {
|
|
|
7099 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
7100 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
7101 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
7102 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
7103 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
7104 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
7105 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
7106 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
7107 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
7108 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
7109 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
7110 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
7111 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
7112
|
|
|
7113 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
7114 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7115 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
7116 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
7117 return 'X';
|
|
|
7118 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
7119 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
7120 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
7121 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
7122 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
7123 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7124 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
7125 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7126 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7127 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
7128 #else
|
|
|
7129 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
7130 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
7131 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
7132 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
7133 */
|
|
|
7134 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
7135 #endif
|
|
|
7136 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7137 else
|
|
|
7138 return c;
|
|
|
7139 }
|
|
|
7140 else
|
|
|
7141 {
|
|
|
7142 switch (c)
|
|
|
7143 {
|
|
|
7144 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
7145 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
7146 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
7147 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
7148 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
7149
|
|
|
7150 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
7151 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
7152 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
7153 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
7154 default: {
|
|
|
7155 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
7156
|
|
|
7157 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7158 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
7159 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
7160 #else
|
|
|
7161 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
7162 #endif
|
|
|
7163 return c;
|
|
|
7164 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
7165 break;
|
|
|
7166 }
|
|
|
7167 }
|
|
|
7168
|
|
|
7169 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7170 }
|
|
|
7171 }
|
|
|
7172 #endif
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 static void
|
|
|
7175 ins_reg()
|
|
|
7176 {
|
|
|
7177 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7178 int regname;
|
|
|
7179 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
7180
|
|
|
7181 /*
|
|
|
7182 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
7183 */
|
|
|
7184 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7185 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7186 {
|
|
|
7187 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
7188 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
7189
|
|
|
7190 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
7191 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7192 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7193 #endif
|
|
|
7194 }
|
|
|
7195
|
|
|
7196 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7197 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7198 #endif
|
|
|
7199
|
|
|
7200 /*
|
|
|
7201 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7202 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7203 */
|
|
|
7204 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7205 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7206 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7207 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7208 #endif
|
|
|
7209 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7210 {
|
|
|
7211 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
7212 literally = regname;
|
|
|
7213 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7214 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
7215 #endif
|
|
|
7216 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7217 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7218 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7219 #endif
|
|
|
7220 }
|
|
|
7221 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7222
|
|
|
7223 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7224 /*
|
|
|
7225 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
7226 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
7227 */
|
|
|
7228 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7229 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
7230 {
|
|
133
|
7231 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7232 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
7233 # endif
|
|
7
|
7234 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
7235 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7236 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
7237 if (im_on)
|
|
|
7238 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
7239 # endif
|
|
7
|
7240 }
|
|
140
|
7241 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
7242 {
|
|
|
7243 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
7244 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
7245 }
|
|
7
|
7246 else
|
|
|
7247 {
|
|
|
7248 #endif
|
|
|
7249 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7250 {
|
|
|
7251 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
7252 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7253 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
7254 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
7255
|
|
|
7256 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
7257 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7258 }
|
|
|
7259 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7260 {
|
|
|
7261 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7262 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7263 }
|
|
133
|
7264 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
7265 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
7266 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
7267 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7268 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7269
|
|
7
|
7270 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7271 }
|
|
|
7272 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7273 #endif
|
|
|
7274 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7275 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7276 #endif
|
|
|
7277
|
|
|
7278 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7279 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
7280 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7281 }
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 /*
|
|
|
7284 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7285 */
|
|
|
7286 static void
|
|
|
7287 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
7288 {
|
|
|
7289 int c;
|
|
|
7290
|
|
|
7291 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7292 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
7293 setcursor();
|
|
|
7294 #endif
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 /*
|
|
|
7297 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7298 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7299 */
|
|
|
7300 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7301 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7302 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7303 switch (c)
|
|
|
7304 {
|
|
|
7305 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7306 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7307 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
7308 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
7309 break;
|
|
|
7310
|
|
|
7311 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7312 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7313 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
7314 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
7315 break;
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
825
|
7318 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
7319 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
7320
|
|
|
7321 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
|
7322 * aline to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
|
7323 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
7324 break;
|
|
|
7325
|
|
|
7326 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
7327 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
7328 }
|
|
|
7329 }
|
|
|
7330
|
|
|
7331 /*
|
|
449
|
7332 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7333 */
|
|
|
7334 static void
|
|
|
7335 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
7336 {
|
|
782
|
7337 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
|
|
449
|
7338 {
|
|
|
7339 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
7340 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
7341 {
|
|
|
7342 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7343 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7344 }
|
|
|
7345 else
|
|
|
7346 {
|
|
|
7347 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
7348 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7349 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7350 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7351 #endif
|
|
|
7352 }
|
|
|
7353 }
|
|
|
7354 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7355 else
|
|
|
7356 {
|
|
|
7357 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
7358 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
7359 {
|
|
|
7360 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7361 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7362 }
|
|
|
7363 else
|
|
|
7364 {
|
|
|
7365 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
7366 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7367 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
7368 }
|
|
|
7369 }
|
|
|
7370 #endif
|
|
|
7371 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
7372 showmode();
|
|
|
7373 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7374 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
7375 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7376 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7377 #endif
|
|
|
7378 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
7379 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
7380 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
7381 #endif
|
|
|
7382 }
|
|
|
7383
|
|
|
7384 /*
|
|
7
|
7385 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
7386 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
7387 * insert.
|
|
|
7388 */
|
|
|
7389 static int
|
|
477
|
7390 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
7391 long *count;
|
|
|
7392 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
7393 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
7394 {
|
|
|
7395 int temp;
|
|
|
7396 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7397
|
|
744
|
7398 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
449
|
7399 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
7400 #endif
|
|
7
|
7401 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
7402 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7403 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7404 # endif
|
|
|
7405 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7406 {
|
|
|
7407 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7408 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7409 }
|
|
|
7410 #endif
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7413 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7414 {
|
|
|
7415 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7416 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7417 }
|
|
|
7418 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7419 {
|
|
|
7420 /*
|
|
|
7421 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7422 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7423 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7424 */
|
|
|
7425 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7426 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7427
|
|
|
7428 /*
|
|
|
7429 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7430 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7431 */
|
|
|
7432 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7433 {
|
|
|
7434 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7435 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7436 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7437 }
|
|
|
7438
|
|
|
7439 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7440 {
|
|
164
|
7441 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7442 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7443 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
7444
|
|
7
|
7445 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
7446 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
7447 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
7448 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7449 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7450 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
7451 }
|
|
|
7452 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
7453 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7454 }
|
|
|
7455
|
|
|
7456 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
7457 * indent */
|
|
|
7458 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7459 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7460
|
|
|
7461 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
7462 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
7463 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7464
|
|
|
7465 /*
|
|
|
7466 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
7467 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
7468 */
|
|
477
|
7469 if (!nomove
|
|
|
7470 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
7471 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7472 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
7473 #endif
|
|
477
|
7474 )
|
|
|
7475 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
7476 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
7477 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
7478 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
7479 #endif
|
|
|
7480 ))
|
|
7
|
7481 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7482 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7483 #endif
|
|
|
7484 )
|
|
|
7485 {
|
|
|
7486 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7487 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
7488 {
|
|
|
7489 oneleft();
|
|
|
7490 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7491 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7492 }
|
|
|
7493 else
|
|
|
7494 #endif
|
|
|
7495 {
|
|
|
7496 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7497 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7498 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
7499 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7500 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
7501 #endif
|
|
|
7502 }
|
|
|
7503 }
|
|
|
7504
|
|
|
7505 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7506 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
7507 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
7508 * well). */
|
|
|
7509 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7510 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
7511 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7512 #endif
|
|
|
7513
|
|
|
7514 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7515 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
7516 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
7517
|
|
|
7518 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7519 setmouse();
|
|
|
7520 #endif
|
|
|
7521 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7522 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7523 #endif
|
|
|
7524
|
|
|
7525 /*
|
|
|
7526 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
7527 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
7528 */
|
|
|
7529 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7530 showmode();
|
|
|
7531 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
7532 MSG("");
|
|
|
7533
|
|
|
7534 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7535 }
|
|
|
7536
|
|
|
7537 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7538 /*
|
|
|
7539 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7540 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7541 */
|
|
|
7542 static void
|
|
|
7543 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7544 {
|
|
|
7545 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7546 {
|
|
|
7547 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7548 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7549 }
|
|
|
7550 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
7551 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
7552 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7553 {
|
|
|
7554 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7555 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7556 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
7557 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7558 }
|
|
|
7559 else
|
|
|
7560 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
7561 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7562 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
7563 {
|
|
|
7564 /*
|
|
|
7565 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
7566 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
7567 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
7568 */
|
|
|
7569 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
7570 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
7571 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
7572 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7573 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
7574 }
|
|
|
7575 else
|
|
|
7576 #endif
|
|
|
7577 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
7578 showmode();
|
|
|
7579 }
|
|
|
7580 #endif
|
|
|
7581
|
|
|
7582 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7583 /*
|
|
|
7584 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
7585 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
7586 */
|
|
|
7587 static int
|
|
|
7588 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
7589 int c;
|
|
|
7590 {
|
|
|
7591 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
7592 switch (c)
|
|
|
7593 {
|
|
|
7594 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
7595 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
7596 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
7597 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
7598 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7599 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
7600 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
7601 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
7602 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7603 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7604 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7605 case K_END:
|
|
|
7606 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
7607 # endif
|
|
|
7608 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
7609 break;
|
|
|
7610 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
7611 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
7612 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
7613 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
7614 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
7615 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
7616 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
7617 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
7618 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
7619 start_selection();
|
|
|
7620
|
|
|
7621 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
7622 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
7623 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
7624 {
|
|
|
7625 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
7626
|
|
|
7627 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
7628 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
7629 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
7630 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
7631 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
7632 }
|
|
|
7633 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
7634 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7635 }
|
|
|
7636 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7637 }
|
|
|
7638 #endif
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 /*
|
|
449
|
7641 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
7642 */
|
|
|
7643 static void
|
|
|
7644 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
7645 int replaceState;
|
|
|
7646 {
|
|
|
7647 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7648 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
7649 {
|
|
|
7650 beep_flush();
|
|
|
7651 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
7652 return;
|
|
|
7653 }
|
|
|
7654 #endif
|
|
|
7655
|
|
|
7656 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
7657 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
7658 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
7659 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
667
|
7660 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7661 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
|
7662 # endif
|
|
|
7663 "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
7664 # endif
|
|
449
|
7665 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
7666 #endif
|
|
|
7667 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7668 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7669 else
|
|
|
7670 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
7671 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
7672 showmode();
|
|
|
7673 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7674 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7675 #endif
|
|
|
7676 }
|
|
|
7677
|
|
|
7678 /*
|
|
|
7679 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7680 */
|
|
|
7681 static void
|
|
|
7682 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
7683 {
|
|
|
7684 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7685 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7686 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
7687 else
|
|
|
7688 #endif
|
|
|
7689 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7690 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
7691 else
|
|
|
7692 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
7693 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7694 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7695 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
7696 else
|
|
|
7697 #endif
|
|
|
7698 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
7699 }
|
|
|
7700
|
|
|
7701 /*
|
|
7
|
7702 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
7703 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
7704 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
7705 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
7706 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
7707 */
|
|
|
7708 static void
|
|
|
7709 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
7710 int c;
|
|
|
7711 int lastc;
|
|
|
7712 {
|
|
|
7713 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7714 return;
|
|
|
7715 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7716
|
|
|
7717 /*
|
|
|
7718 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
7719 */
|
|
|
7720 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7721 {
|
|
|
7722 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7723 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
7724 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
7725 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7726 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7727 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
7728 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
7729 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7730 }
|
|
|
7731 else
|
|
|
7732 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
7733
|
|
|
7734 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
7735 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7736 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7737 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7738 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7739 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7740 #endif
|
|
|
7741 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7742 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
7743 #endif
|
|
|
7744 }
|
|
|
7745
|
|
|
7746 static void
|
|
|
7747 ins_del()
|
|
|
7748 {
|
|
|
7749 int temp;
|
|
|
7750
|
|
|
7751 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7752 return;
|
|
|
7753 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
7754 {
|
|
|
7755 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7756 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
7757 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
7758 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
7759 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7760 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7761 else
|
|
|
7762 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7763 }
|
|
|
7764 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
7765 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7766 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7767 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7768 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7769 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7770 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7771 #endif
|
|
|
7772 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
7773 }
|
|
|
7774
|
|
|
7775 /*
|
|
|
7776 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7777 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
7778 */
|
|
|
7779 static int
|
|
|
7780 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
7781 int c;
|
|
|
7782 int mode;
|
|
|
7783 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
7784 {
|
|
|
7785 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7786 int cc;
|
|
|
7787 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7788 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
7789 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
7790 int in_indent;
|
|
|
7791 int oldState;
|
|
|
7792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
714
|
7793 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
|
|
7
|
7794 #endif
|
|
|
7795
|
|
|
7796 /*
|
|
|
7797 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
7798 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
7799 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
7800 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
7801 */
|
|
|
7802 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
7803 || (
|
|
|
7804 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7805 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
7806 #endif
|
|
|
7807 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7808 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
7809 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
7810 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7811 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
7812 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
7813 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
7814 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
7815 {
|
|
|
7816 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7817 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7818 }
|
|
|
7819
|
|
|
7820 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7821 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7822 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7823 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7824 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
7825 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7826 #endif
|
|
|
7827 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7828 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
7829 #endif
|
|
|
7830 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7831 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
7832 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7833 #endif
|
|
|
7834
|
|
|
7835 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7836 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
7837 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
7838 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
7839 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
7840 */
|
|
|
7841 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
7842 {
|
|
|
7843 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7846 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7847 }
|
|
|
7848 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
7849 {
|
|
|
7850 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7851 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7852 }
|
|
|
7853 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7854 }
|
|
|
7855 #endif
|
|
|
7856
|
|
|
7857 /*
|
|
|
7858 * delete newline!
|
|
|
7859 */
|
|
|
7860 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
7861 {
|
|
|
7862 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7863 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7864 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7865 || revins_on
|
|
|
7866 #endif
|
|
|
7867 )
|
|
|
7868 {
|
|
|
7869 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
7870 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7871 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7872 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
7873 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7874 }
|
|
|
7875 /*
|
|
|
7876 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
7877 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7878 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
7879 */
|
|
|
7880 cc = -1;
|
|
|
7881 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7882 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
7883 /*
|
|
|
7884 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
7885 * cursor.
|
|
|
7886 */
|
|
|
7887 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
7888 {
|
|
|
7889 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7890 }
|
|
|
7891 else
|
|
|
7892 {
|
|
|
7893 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7894 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7895 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
7896 #endif
|
|
|
7897 {
|
|
|
7898 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
7899 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
7900
|
|
|
7901 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
7902 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
7903 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
7904 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
7905 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
7906 {
|
|
|
7907 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
7908 TRUE);
|
|
|
7909 int len;
|
|
|
7910
|
|
|
7911 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
7912 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
7913 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
7914 }
|
|
|
7915
|
|
7
|
7916 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
7917 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7918 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7919 }
|
|
|
7920 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7921 else
|
|
|
7922 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7923 #endif
|
|
|
7924
|
|
|
7925 /*
|
|
|
7926 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
7927 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
7928 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
7929 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
7930 */
|
|
|
7931 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7932 {
|
|
|
7933 /*
|
|
|
7934 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
7935 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
7936 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
7937 */
|
|
|
7938 oldState = State;
|
|
|
7939 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7940 /*
|
|
|
7941 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
7942 */
|
|
|
7943 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7944 {
|
|
|
7945 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7947 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7948 #else
|
|
|
7949 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7950 #endif
|
|
|
7951 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7952 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7953 }
|
|
|
7954 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
7955 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7956 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7957 }
|
|
|
7958 }
|
|
|
7959 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7960 }
|
|
|
7961 else
|
|
|
7962 {
|
|
|
7963 /*
|
|
|
7964 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
7965 */
|
|
|
7966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7967 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
7968 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7969 #endif
|
|
|
7970 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
7971 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
7972 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
7973 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7974 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7975 #endif
|
|
|
7976 )
|
|
|
7977 {
|
|
|
7978 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7979 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
7980 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
7981 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7982 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
7983 }
|
|
|
7984
|
|
|
7985 /*
|
|
|
7986 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
7987 */
|
|
|
7988 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
7989 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
7990 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
7
|
7991 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
7992 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
7993 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
7994 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
7995 {
|
|
|
7996 int ts;
|
|
|
7997 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
7998 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
7999 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
8000
|
|
|
8001 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
8002 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
8003 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8004 else
|
|
|
8005 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8006 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
8007 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
8008 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
8009 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8010 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8011 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
8012 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8013 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
8014
|
|
|
8015 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
8016 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
8017 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
8018 {
|
|
|
8019 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8020 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8021 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8022 {
|
|
|
8023 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
8024 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
8025 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8026 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8027 {
|
|
|
8028 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
8029 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
8030 {
|
|
|
8031 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8032 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
8033 }
|
|
|
8034 else
|
|
|
8035 #endif
|
|
|
8036 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
8037 }
|
|
|
8038 }
|
|
|
8039 else
|
|
|
8040 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8041 }
|
|
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
8044 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
8045 {
|
|
|
8046 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
8047 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8048 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8049 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8050
|
|
|
8051 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8052 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8053 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8054 else
|
|
|
8055 #endif
|
|
|
8056 {
|
|
|
8057 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
8058 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
8059 {
|
|
|
8060 if (extra)
|
|
|
8061 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
8062 else
|
|
|
8063 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8064 }
|
|
|
8065 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
8066 extra = 1;
|
|
|
8067 }
|
|
|
8068 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8069 }
|
|
|
8070 }
|
|
|
8071
|
|
|
8072 /*
|
|
|
8073 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
8074 */
|
|
|
8075 else do
|
|
|
8076 {
|
|
|
8077 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8078 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
8079 #endif
|
|
|
8080 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8081
|
|
|
8082 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
8083 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
8084 {
|
|
|
8085 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
8086 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
8087 }
|
|
|
8088 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
8089 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
8090 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
8091 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
8092 {
|
|
|
8093 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8094 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
8095 #endif
|
|
|
8096 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8097 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8098 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8099 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8100 #endif
|
|
|
8101 break;
|
|
|
8102 }
|
|
|
8103 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8104 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
8105 else
|
|
|
8106 {
|
|
|
8107 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8108 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
714
|
8109 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
|
|
7
|
8110 #endif
|
|
|
8111 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8112 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8113 /*
|
|
714
|
8114 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
|
|
|
8115 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7
|
8116 * character.
|
|
|
8117 */
|
|
714
|
8118 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
8119 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8120 #endif
|
|
|
8121 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8122 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8123 {
|
|
|
8124 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8125 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8126 }
|
|
|
8127 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
8128 break;
|
|
|
8129 #endif
|
|
|
8130 }
|
|
|
8131 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
8132 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8133 break;
|
|
|
8134 } while (
|
|
|
8135 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8136 revins_on ||
|
|
|
8137 #endif
|
|
|
8138 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
8139 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8140 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
8141 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
8142 }
|
|
|
8143 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8144 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8145 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8146 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8147 #endif
|
|
|
8148 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
8149 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8150 /*
|
|
|
8151 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
8152 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
8153 * with.
|
|
|
8154 */
|
|
|
8155 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8156
|
|
|
8157 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
8158 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8159 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8160 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8161
|
|
|
8162 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
8163 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
8164 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
8165 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
8166 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
8167 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
8168 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
8169 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
8170 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8171
|
|
|
8172 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
8173 }
|
|
|
8174
|
|
|
8175 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
8176 static void
|
|
|
8177 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
8178 int c;
|
|
|
8179 {
|
|
|
8180 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8181
|
|
|
8182 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8183 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
8184 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8185 # endif
|
|
|
8186 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
8187 return;
|
|
|
8188
|
|
|
8189 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8190 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8191 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
8192 {
|
|
|
8193 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8194 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8195 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8196 # endif
|
|
|
8197 }
|
|
|
8198
|
|
|
8199 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8200 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
8201 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
8202 #endif
|
|
|
8203 }
|
|
|
8204
|
|
|
8205 static void
|
|
|
8206 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
8207 int up;
|
|
|
8208 {
|
|
|
8209 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8210 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8211 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
8212 # endif
|
|
|
8213
|
|
|
8214 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8215
|
|
|
8216 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8217 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8218
|
|
|
8219 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
8220 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8221 {
|
|
|
8222 int row, col;
|
|
|
8223
|
|
|
8224 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
8225 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
8228 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
8229 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8230 }
|
|
|
8231 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
8232 # endif
|
|
|
8233 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8234
|
|
|
8235 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
8236 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
8237 else
|
|
|
8238 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
8239
|
|
|
8240 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8241 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
8242
|
|
|
8243 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8244 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8245 # endif
|
|
|
8246
|
|
|
8247 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
8248 {
|
|
|
8249 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8250 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8251 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8252 # endif
|
|
|
8253 }
|
|
|
8254 }
|
|
|
8255 #endif
|
|
|
8256
|
|
692
|
8257 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
8258 static void
|
|
692
|
8259 ins_tabline(c)
|
|
|
8260 int c;
|
|
|
8261 {
|
|
|
8262 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
|
|
|
8263 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
|
|
|
8264 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
|
|
|
8265 {
|
|
|
8266 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8267 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8268 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8269 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8270 # endif
|
|
|
8271 }
|
|
|
8272
|
|
|
8273 if (c == K_TABLINE)
|
|
|
8274 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
|
|
|
8275 else
|
|
|
8276 handle_tabmenu();
|
|
|
8277
|
|
|
8278 }
|
|
|
8279 #endif
|
|
|
8280
|
|
|
8281 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
8282 void
|
|
|
8283 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
8284 {
|
|
|
8285 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8286
|
|
|
8287 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8288 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8289 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
8290 {
|
|
|
8291 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8292 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8293 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8294 # endif
|
|
|
8295 }
|
|
|
8296 }
|
|
|
8297
|
|
|
8298 void
|
|
|
8299 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
8300 {
|
|
|
8301 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8302
|
|
|
8303 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8304 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8305 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
8306 {
|
|
|
8307 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8308 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8309 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8310 # endif
|
|
|
8311 }
|
|
|
8312 }
|
|
|
8313 #endif
|
|
|
8314
|
|
|
8315 static void
|
|
|
8316 ins_left()
|
|
|
8317 {
|
|
|
8318 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8319
|
|
|
8320 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8321 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8322 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8323 #endif
|
|
|
8324 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8325 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8326 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
8327 {
|
|
|
8328 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8329 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8330 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
8331 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
8332 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8333 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8334 #endif
|
|
|
8335 }
|
|
|
8336
|
|
|
8337 /*
|
|
|
8338 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
8339 * previous line
|
|
|
8340 */
|
|
|
8341 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8342 {
|
|
|
8343 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8344 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
8345 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8346 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
8347 }
|
|
|
8348 else
|
|
|
8349 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8350 }
|
|
|
8351
|
|
|
8352 static void
|
|
|
8353 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
8354 int c;
|
|
|
8355 {
|
|
|
8356 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8357
|
|
|
8358 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8359 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8360 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8361 #endif
|
|
|
8362 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8363 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8364 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
8365 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
8366 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8367 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8368 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8369 #endif
|
|
|
8370 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
8371 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8372 }
|
|
|
8373
|
|
|
8374 static void
|
|
|
8375 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
8376 int c;
|
|
|
8377 {
|
|
|
8378 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8379
|
|
|
8380 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8381 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8382 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8383 #endif
|
|
|
8384 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8385 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8386 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
8387 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
8388 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8389 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8390
|
|
|
8391 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8392 }
|
|
|
8393
|
|
|
8394 static void
|
|
|
8395 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
8396 {
|
|
|
8397 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8398 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8399 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8400 #endif
|
|
|
8401 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8402 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8403 {
|
|
|
8404 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8405 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8406 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8407 }
|
|
|
8408 else
|
|
|
8409 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8410 }
|
|
|
8411
|
|
|
8412 static void
|
|
|
8413 ins_right()
|
|
|
8414 {
|
|
|
8415 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8416 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8417 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8418 #endif
|
|
|
8419 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8420 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
8421 )
|
|
|
8422 {
|
|
|
8423 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8424 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8425 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8426 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8427 oneright();
|
|
|
8428 else
|
|
|
8429 #endif
|
|
|
8430 {
|
|
|
8431 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8432 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
8433 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
8434 else
|
|
|
8435 #endif
|
|
|
8436 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8437 }
|
|
|
8438
|
|
|
8439 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8440 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8441 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8442 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8443 #endif
|
|
|
8444 }
|
|
|
8445 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
8446 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
8447 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
8448 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8449 {
|
|
|
8450 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8451 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8452 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
8453 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8454 }
|
|
|
8455 else
|
|
|
8456 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8457 }
|
|
|
8458
|
|
|
8459 static void
|
|
|
8460 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
8461 {
|
|
|
8462 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8463 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8464 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8465 #endif
|
|
|
8466 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8467 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
8468 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8469 {
|
|
|
8470 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8471 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
8472 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8473 }
|
|
|
8474 else
|
|
|
8475 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8476 }
|
|
|
8477
|
|
|
8478 static void
|
|
|
8479 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
8480 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8481 {
|
|
|
8482 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8483 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8484 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8485 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8486 #endif
|
|
|
8487
|
|
|
8488 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8489 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8490 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8491 {
|
|
|
8492 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8493 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8494 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8495 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8496 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8497 #endif
|
|
|
8498 )
|
|
|
8499 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8500 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8501 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8502 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8503 #endif
|
|
|
8504 }
|
|
|
8505 else
|
|
|
8506 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8507 }
|
|
|
8508
|
|
|
8509 static void
|
|
|
8510 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
8511 {
|
|
|
8512 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8513
|
|
|
8514 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
8515
|
|
|
8516 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8517 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
8518 {
|
|
|
8519 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
|
|
|
8520 goto_tabpage(-1);
|
|
|
8521 return;
|
|
|
8522 }
|
|
|
8523 #endif
|
|
|
8524
|
|
7
|
8525 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8526 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8527 {
|
|
|
8528 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8529 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8530 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8531 #endif
|
|
|
8532 }
|
|
|
8533 else
|
|
|
8534 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8535 }
|
|
|
8536
|
|
|
8537 static void
|
|
|
8538 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
8539 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8540 {
|
|
|
8541 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8542 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8543 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8544 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
8545 #endif
|
|
|
8546
|
|
|
8547 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8548 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8549 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
8550 {
|
|
|
8551 if (startcol)
|
|
|
8552 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
8553 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
8554 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8555 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
8556 #endif
|
|
|
8557 )
|
|
|
8558 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
8559 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8560 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8561 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8562 #endif
|
|
|
8563 }
|
|
|
8564 else
|
|
|
8565 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8566 }
|
|
|
8567
|
|
|
8568 static void
|
|
|
8569 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
8570 {
|
|
|
8571 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8572
|
|
|
8573 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
8574
|
|
|
8575 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8576 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
8577 {
|
|
|
8578 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
|
|
|
8579 goto_tabpage(0);
|
|
|
8580 return;
|
|
|
8581 }
|
|
|
8582 #endif
|
|
|
8583
|
|
7
|
8584 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8585 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
8586 {
|
|
|
8587 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8588 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8589 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8590 #endif
|
|
|
8591 }
|
|
|
8592 else
|
|
|
8593 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8594 }
|
|
|
8595
|
|
|
8596 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
8597 static void
|
|
|
8598 ins_drop()
|
|
|
8599 {
|
|
|
8600 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
8601 }
|
|
|
8602 #endif
|
|
|
8603
|
|
|
8604 /*
|
|
|
8605 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
8606 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
8607 */
|
|
|
8608 static int
|
|
|
8609 ins_tab()
|
|
|
8610 {
|
|
|
8611 int ind;
|
|
|
8612 int i;
|
|
|
8613 int temp;
|
|
|
8614
|
|
|
8615 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
8616 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
8617 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8618 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8619
|
|
|
8620 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8621 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8622 if (ind)
|
|
|
8623 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8624 #endif
|
|
|
8625
|
|
|
8626 /*
|
|
|
8627 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
8628 */
|
|
|
8629 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
8630 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
8631 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
8632 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8633
|
|
|
8634 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8635 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8636
|
|
|
8637 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8638 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8639 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8640 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8641 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8642 #endif
|
|
|
8643 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
8646 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8647 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
8648 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8649 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
8650 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
8651 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
8652
|
|
|
8653 /*
|
|
|
8654 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
8655 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
8656 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
8657 */
|
|
|
8658 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8659 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
8660 {
|
|
|
8661 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8662 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8663 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8664 else
|
|
|
8665 #endif
|
|
|
8666 {
|
|
|
8667 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
8668 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
8669 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8670 }
|
|
|
8671 }
|
|
|
8672
|
|
|
8673 /*
|
|
|
8674 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
8675 */
|
|
|
8676 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
8677 {
|
|
|
8678 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
8679 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8680 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8681 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
8682 #endif
|
|
|
8683 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
8684 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
8685 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
8686 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
8687 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
8688
|
|
|
8689 /*
|
|
|
8690 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
8691 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
8692 */
|
|
|
8693 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8694 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8695 {
|
|
|
8696 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8697 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
8698 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
8699 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
8700 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8701 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
8702 }
|
|
|
8703 else
|
|
|
8704 #endif
|
|
|
8705 {
|
|
|
8706 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
8707 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8708 }
|
|
|
8709
|
|
|
8710 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
8711 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8712 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
8713
|
|
|
8714 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
8715 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8716 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
8717 {
|
|
|
8718 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
8719 --ptr;
|
|
|
8720 }
|
|
|
8721
|
|
|
8722 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
8723 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8724 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8725 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8726 {
|
|
|
8727 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8728 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
8729 }
|
|
|
8730
|
|
|
8731 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
8732 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8733 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8734
|
|
|
8735 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
8736 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
8737 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
8738 {
|
|
|
8739 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
8740 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8741 break;
|
|
|
8742 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
8743 {
|
|
|
8744 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
8745 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
8746 {
|
|
|
8747 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
8748 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
8749 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8750 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
8751 }
|
|
|
8752 }
|
|
|
8753 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
8754 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8755 vcol += i;
|
|
|
8756 }
|
|
|
8757
|
|
|
8758 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8759 {
|
|
|
8760 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
8761
|
|
|
8762 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
8763 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
8764 {
|
|
|
8765 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
8766 ++ptr;
|
|
|
8767 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
8768 }
|
|
|
8769 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
8770 {
|
|
|
8771 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
8772 --ptr;
|
|
|
8773 --repl_off;
|
|
|
8774 }
|
|
|
8775 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
8776
|
|
|
8777 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
8778 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
8779 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
8780 {
|
|
|
8781 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
8782 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
8783 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8784 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8785 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8786 #endif
|
|
|
8787 )
|
|
|
8788 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
8789 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
8790 }
|
|
33
|
8791 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
8792 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
8793 {
|
|
|
8794 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8795 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
8796 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
8797 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
8798 }
|
|
|
8799 #endif
|
|
7
|
8800 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
8801
|
|
|
8802 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8803 /*
|
|
|
8804 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
8805 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
8806 * spacing.
|
|
|
8807 */
|
|
|
8808 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8809 {
|
|
|
8810 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
8811 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
8812
|
|
|
8813 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
8814 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
8815 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
8816 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
8817 }
|
|
|
8818 #endif
|
|
|
8819 }
|
|
|
8820
|
|
|
8821 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8822 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8823 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
8824 #endif
|
|
|
8825 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
8826 }
|
|
|
8827
|
|
|
8828 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8829 }
|
|
|
8830
|
|
|
8831 /*
|
|
|
8832 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
8833 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
8834 */
|
|
|
8835 static int
|
|
|
8836 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
8837 int c;
|
|
|
8838 {
|
|
|
8839 int i;
|
|
|
8840
|
|
|
8841 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
8842 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8843 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8844 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8845 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8846
|
|
|
8847 /*
|
|
|
8848 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
8849 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
8850 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
8851 */
|
|
|
8852 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8853 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8854 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8855 #endif
|
|
|
8856 )
|
|
|
8857 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
8858
|
|
|
8859 /*
|
|
|
8860 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
8861 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
8862 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
8863 * in open_line().
|
|
|
8864 */
|
|
|
8865
|
|
|
8866 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8867 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8868 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
8869 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
8870 # endif
|
|
|
8871 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
8872 * current line. */
|
|
|
8873 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8874 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
8875 #endif
|
|
|
8876
|
|
|
8877 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
8878 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
8879 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8880 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
8881 #endif
|
|
|
8882 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
8883 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
8884 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8885 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8886 #endif
|
|
|
8887
|
|
|
8888 return (!i);
|
|
|
8889 }
|
|
|
8890
|
|
|
8891 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
8892 /*
|
|
|
8893 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
8894 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
8895 * done.
|
|
|
8896 */
|
|
|
8897 static int
|
|
|
8898 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
8899 {
|
|
|
8900 int c;
|
|
|
8901 int cc;
|
|
|
8902
|
|
|
8903 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
8904 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8905 {
|
|
|
8906 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8907 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8908
|
|
|
8909 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
8910 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8911 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
8912 #endif
|
|
|
8913 }
|
|
|
8914
|
|
|
8915 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
8916 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
8917 #endif
|
|
|
8918
|
|
|
8919 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
8920 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
8921 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8922 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8923 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8924 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8925 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8926 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
8927 {
|
|
|
8928 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8929 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8930 #endif
|
|
|
8931 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8932 return NUL;
|
|
|
8933 }
|
|
|
8934 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
8935 {
|
|
|
8936 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
8937 {
|
|
|
8938 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
8939 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8940
|
|
|
8941 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
8942 {
|
|
|
8943 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
8944 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
8945 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
8946 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
8947 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
8948 }
|
|
|
8949 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8950 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
8951 #endif
|
|
|
8952 }
|
|
|
8953 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
8954 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
8955 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
8956 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
8957 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
8958 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
8959 {
|
|
|
8960 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
8961 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
8962 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8963 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8964 #endif
|
|
|
8965 return c;
|
|
|
8966 }
|
|
|
8967 }
|
|
|
8968 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
8969 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
8970 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
8971 #endif
|
|
|
8972 return NUL;
|
|
|
8973 }
|
|
|
8974 #endif
|
|
|
8975
|
|
|
8976 /*
|
|
|
8977 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
8978 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
8979 */
|
|
|
8980 static int
|
|
|
8981 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
8982 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8983 {
|
|
|
8984 int c;
|
|
|
8985 int temp;
|
|
|
8986 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
8987
|
|
|
8988 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8989 {
|
|
|
8990 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8991 return NUL;
|
|
|
8992 }
|
|
|
8993
|
|
|
8994 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
8995 temp = 0;
|
|
|
8996 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
8997 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
8998 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8999 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9000 {
|
|
|
9001 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9002 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
9003 }
|
|
|
9004 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
9005 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9006
|
|
|
9007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
9008 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
9009 #else
|
|
|
9010 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
9011 #endif
|
|
|
9012 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
9013 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9014 return c;
|
|
|
9015 }
|
|
|
9016
|
|
449
|
9017 /*
|
|
|
9018 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
9019 */
|
|
|
9020 static int
|
|
|
9021 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
9022 int tc;
|
|
|
9023 {
|
|
|
9024 int c = tc;
|
|
|
9025
|
|
|
9026 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
9027 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
9028 {
|
|
|
9029 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
9030 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
9031 else
|
|
|
9032 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
9033 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9034 }
|
|
|
9035 else
|
|
|
9036 #endif
|
|
|
9037 {
|
|
|
9038 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
9039 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
9040 {
|
|
|
9041 long tw_save;
|
|
|
9042
|
|
|
9043 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
9044 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
9045 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
9046 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
9047 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
9048 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
9049 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
9050 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
9051 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9052 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
9053 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9054 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
9055 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
9056 #endif
|
|
|
9057 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
9058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
9059 }
|
|
|
9060 }
|
|
|
9061 return c;
|
|
|
9062 }
|
|
|
9063
|
|
7
|
9064 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9065 /*
|
|
|
9066 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
9067 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
9068 */
|
|
|
9069 static void
|
|
|
9070 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
9071 int c;
|
|
|
9072 {
|
|
|
9073 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
9074 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9075 int i;
|
|
|
9076 int temp;
|
|
|
9077
|
|
|
9078 /*
|
|
|
9079 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
9080 */
|
|
|
9081 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
9082 {
|
|
|
9083 /*
|
|
|
9084 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
9085 */
|
|
|
9086 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9087 {
|
|
|
9088 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9089 /*
|
|
|
9090 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
9091 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
9092 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
9093 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
9094 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
9095 */
|
|
|
9096 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
9097 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
9098 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
9099 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
9100 ;
|
|
|
9101 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
9102 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
9103 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9104 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
9105 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9106 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9107 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9108 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9109 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
9110 else
|
|
|
9111 #endif
|
|
|
9112 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9113 }
|
|
|
9114 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
9115 {
|
|
|
9116 /*
|
|
|
9117 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
9118 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
9119 */
|
|
|
9120 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
9121 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9122 {
|
|
|
9123 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9124 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9125 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9126 {
|
|
|
9127 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
9128
|
|
|
9129 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
9130 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9131 break;
|
|
|
9132 }
|
|
|
9133 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
9134 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
9135 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9136 }
|
|
|
9137 if (temp)
|
|
|
9138 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
9139 }
|
|
|
9140 }
|
|
|
9141
|
|
|
9142 /*
|
|
|
9143 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
9144 */
|
|
|
9145 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
9146 {
|
|
|
9147 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
9148 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
9149 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9150 }
|
|
|
9151
|
|
|
9152 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
9153 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
9154 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
9155 }
|
|
|
9156 #endif
|
|
|
9157
|
|
|
9158 /*
|
|
|
9159 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
9160 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
9161 */
|
|
|
9162 static colnr_T
|
|
|
9163 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
9164 {
|
|
|
9165 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9166 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9167 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9168 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
9169 }
|
